[From the U.S. Government Printing Office, www.gpo.gov]
CONTRACT.DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR CITY OF SELDOVIA WATER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS EDA PROJECT NO. 07-01-02156 Seldovia, Alaska The preparation of this document was financed in part by funds from the Office __v of Coastal Zone -lational Oceanic and Atmospheric Admixdstration, u.s. De-oart- ment Of Gmmrce, administered by the Division Of COmMity Planning, Alaska Department of Community and Regional Affa-Lrs Plans and Specifications by: Tryck, Nyman & Hayes Engineers/Planners/Surveyors 740 1 Street Anchorage, Alaska 99501 TD 225 July, 1979 S42 C66 1979 M Contract Documents Advertisement for Bids Information for Bidders Bid Conditions - Affirmative Action Requirements Equal Employment Opportunity Bid Bond Bid for Unit Price Contracts Agreement Notice of Award Performance Bond Payment Bond Certification of Proposed Subcontractor Regarding Equal Employment Opportunity Notice to Proceed Change Order General Conditions 1. Definitions 2. Additional Instructions and Detail Drawings 3. Schedules, Reports and Records 4. Drawings and Specifications 5. Shop Drawings Materials, Services and Facilities Inspection and Testing Substitutions 9. Patents 10. Surveys, Permits, Regulations 11. Protection of Work, Property, Persons 12. Supervision by Contractor 13. Changes in the Work 14. Changes in Contract Price 15. Time for Completion and Liquidated Damages 16. Correction of Work 17. Subsurface Conditions 18. Suspension of Work Termination and Delay 19. Payments to Contractor 20. Acceptance of Final Payment as Release 21. Insurance 22. Contract Security 23. Assignments 24. Indemnification 25. Separate Contracts 26. Subcontract i ng 27. Engineer's Authority 28. Land and Rights-of-Way 29. Guaranty 30. Arbitration 31. Taxes - ---------- TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) GENERAL SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS Sl Definitions S2 Required Provisions Deemed Inserted S3 Inspection by EDA Representatives S4 Construction Schedule and Periodic Estimates S5 Contractor's Title to Material S6 Inspection and Testing of Materials S7 ''Or Equal" Clause S8 Patents S9 Claims for Extra Costs SIO Contractor's and Subcontractor's Insurance S11. Contract Security S12 Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities S13 Safety and Health Regulations for Construction S14 Minimum Wages S15 Withholding of Payments S16 Payrolls and Basic Records S17 Apprentices and Trainees S18 Copeland "Anti-Kickback" Provisions S19 Subcontracts S20 Termination and Debarment S21 Overtime Requirements .S22 Equal Employment Opportunity S23 Other Prohibited Interests S24 Employment of Local Labor S25 Signs S26 Historical and Archeological Data Preservation Act of 1974 S27 Clean Air and Federal Water Pollution Control Act S28 Use of Lead-Based Paints on Residential Structures TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) Drawings Sheet No. Title Sheet and Drawing Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Project Plan and Drawings - Key Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Plan and Profile of Water Line - Airport Avenue . . . . . . . . . 3 Plan and Profile of Water Line - Airport Avenue . . . . . . . . . 4 Filter Station Structural Plan Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Filter Station Mechanical Plan & Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Filter Station, Plumbing & Heating Plan and Details . . . . . . . 7 Filter Station, Electrical Plan and Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Chlorination Building, Structural and Mechanical Plan . . . . . . 9 Chlorination Building, Mechanical Elevations, Heating and Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . I'D Chlorination Building, Electrical Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Site Plan for Water Storage Tank and Chlorination Building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Water Storage Tank Plan and Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) Sp ecifications DIVISION I GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (SPecia I Conditions) 01010 Summary of the Work 01020 Mobilization 01100 Alternatives 01200 Progress and Payment 01300 Submittals 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls Technical Specifications DIVISION 2 SITE WORK 02110 Demolition 02210 Earthwork DIVISION 3 CONCRETE 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03300 Cast in Place Concrete DIVISION 4 MASONRY o4loo Mortar o4200 Unit Masonry DIVISION 5 METALS 05100 Structural Metal 05500 Miscellaneous Metals DIVISION 6 WOOD 06100 Rough Carpentry 06200 Finish Carpentry DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07200 Insulation 07400 Preformed Metal Roof 07900 Caulking and Sealants TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS 08100 Metal Doors and Frames 08600 Wood Windows 08700 Hardware 08720 Protection Screens 08750 Louvers DIVISION 9 FINISHES 09900 Painting DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES 10250 Firefighting Devices DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS 12300 Cabinet s and Fixtures DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL 15150 Heating 15160 Ventilation 15400 Plubming 15900 Contro Is and Instrumentation DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL 16010 General Provisions 16100 Basic Materials and Methods DIVISION 17 WATER PIPING AND TREATMENT 17100 Water Piping System 17200 Water Treatment DIVISION 18 WATER STORAGE TANK 18100 Water Storage Tank ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Project Number City of Seldovia (owner) Separate seal ed bids for City of Seldovia Water System Improvements for City of Seldovia will be received by City of Seldovia at the office of Tryck, Nyman & Hayes until O'clock p.m. Anchorage Local Time and then at said office publicly opened and read aloud. Informati on for Bidders, Form of Bid, Form of Contract, Plans, Specifications, and Forms of Bid Bond, Performance and Payment Bond, and other contract documents may be examined at the following: Associated General Contractors 3201 Spenard Road Anchorage-, AK 99503 Alaska Chapter Plan Bureau Office 824 5th Avenue, N. Seattle, WA 98109 Associated General Contractors 3820 S. Pine St. Tacoma, WA 98409 Tacoma Chapter Dodge-Scan 315 N. Tower, 100 W. Harrison Place Seattle, WA 98119 Construction Plan Bureau 3217 Arctic Blvd. Anchorage, AK 99503 Construction Plan Bureau 801 Barnette Street Fairbanks, Ak 99701 Tryck, Nyman & Hayes 740 '1' Street Anchorage, AK 99501 City Manager Office P. 0. Box 226 Seldovia, AK 99663 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Project Number City of Seldovia (Owner) Separate sealed bids for City of Seldovia Water System Improvements for City of Seldovia will be received by City of Seldovia at the office of Tryck, Nyman & Hayes until O'clock p.m. Anchorage Local Time and then at said office publicly opened and read aloud. The Information for Bidders, Form of Bid, Form of Contract, Plans, Specifications, and Forms of Bid Bond, Performance and Payment Bond, and other contract documents may-be examined at the following: Associated General Contractors 3201 Spenard Road Anchorage, AK 99503 Alaska Chapter Plan Bureau Office 824 5th Avenue, N. Seattle, WA 98109 Associated General Contractors 3820 S. Pine St. Tacoma, WA 98409 Tacoma Chapter Dodge-Scan 315 N. Tower, 100 W. Harrison Place Seattle, WA 98119 Construction Plan Bureau 3217 Arctic Blvd. Anchorage, AK 99503 Construction Plan Bureau 801 Barnette Street Fairbanks, Ak 99701 Tryck, Nyman & Hayes 740 '1' Street Anchorage, AK 99501 City Manager Office P. 0 Box 226 Seldovia, AK 99663 Copies may be obtained at the office of Tryck, Nyman & Hayes located at 740 11, Street, Anchorage, Alaska 99501 upon payment of $ 50.00 for each set. Copies to be mailed will require an additional non-refundable $8.00 per set. Any unsuccessful bidder, upon returning such set promptly and in good condition, will be refunded his payment,:' and any non-bidder upon so returning such a set will be refunded $ 40.00 The Owner reserves the right to waive any informalities or to reject any or all bids. Each bidder must deposit with his bid, security in the amount, form and subject to the conditions provided in the Information to Bidders. Attention of bidders is particularly called to the requirements as to conditions of employment to be observed and minimum wage rates to be paid under this contract. No bidder may withdraw his bid within 30 days after the actual date of the opening thereof. A pre-bid conference will be held at the Office of Tryck, Nyman Hayes at P.M. (local time) on . for the purpose of answering any questions bidders may have and to consider any suggestions they may wish to make. Any changes resulting from this conference will be made by Addendum. (Date) Don Caswell City Manager City of Seldovia 0 FORM ED-116 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE AMB Approval Not Required (REV. 6-73) ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATION INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS 1. Receipt and Opening of Bids The (herein called the "Owner"). invites bids on the form attached hereto. All blanks must be appropriately filled in. Bids will be received by the Owner at the office of until o'c lock A.M. - P.M., ST /DST , 19 , and then at said office publicly opened and read aloud. The envelopes containing the bids must be sealed, addressed to at and designated as Bid for The Owner may consider informal any bid not prepared and submitted in accordance with the provisions hereof and may waive any informalities or reject any and all bids. Any bid may be withdrawn prior to the above scheduled time for the opening of bids or authorized postponement thereof. Any bid received after the time and date specified shall not be considered. No bidder may withdraw a bid within 30 days after the actual date of the opening thereof. 2. Preparation of Bid Each bid must be submitted on the prescribed form and accompanied by "Certification by Bidder Regarding Equal Employment Opportunity", Form ED-119. All blank spaces for bid prices must be filled in, in ink or typewritten, in both words and figures, and the foregoing certifica- tion must be fully completed and executed when submitted. Each bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope bearing on the outside the name of the bidder, his address, and the name of the project for which the bid is submitted. If fowarded by mail, the sealed envelope containing the bid must be enclosed in another envelope addressed as specified in the bid form. 3. Subcontracts The bidder is specifically advised that any person, firm, or other parry to whom it is proposed to award a subcontract under this contract - - a. Must be acceptable to the Owner and Economic Development Administration. b. Must submit Form ED-120, "Certification by Proposed Subcontractor Regarding Equal Em- ployment Opportunity". Approval of the proposed subcontract award cannot be given by the Owner unless and until the proposed subcontractor has submitted the certification and /or other evidence showing that it has fully compiled with any reporting requirements to which it is or was subject. Although the bidder is notrequired to attach such Certifications by proposed subcontractors to his bid, the bidder is here advised of this requirement so that appropriate action can be taken to prevent subsequent delay in subcontract awards. USCOMM-DC 30554.P73 Modification Any bidder may modify his bid by telegraphic communications at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids, provided such telegraphic communication is received by the Owner prior to the closing time, and, provided further, the Owner is satisfied that a written confirmation of the telegraphic modification over the signature of the bidder was mailed proir to the closing time. The telegraphic communication should not reveal the bid price but should provide the addition or subtraction or other modification so that the final prices or terms will not be known by the Owner until the sealed bid is opened. If written confirmation is not re- ceived within two days from the closing time, no consideration will be given to the telegraphic modification. 5. Method Bidding The Owner: invites the following bid(s): 6. Qualifications of Bidder The Owner may make such investigations as he deems necessary to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work, and the bidder shall furnish to the Owner all such information and data for this purpose as the Owner may request. The Owner reserves the right to reject and bid if the evidence submitted by or investigation of, such bidder fails to satisfy the Owner: that such bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to com- plete the work contemplated therin. Conditional bids will not be accepted. 7. Bid security Each bid must be accompanied by cash, certified check of the bidder, or a bid bond prepared of the form of bid bond attached hereto, duly executed by the bidder as pricipal and having as surety thereon a surety company apporoved by the Owner, in the amount of 5% of the bid. Such cash, checks or bid bonds will be returned to all except the three lowest bidders within three days after the opening of bids, and the remaining cash, check, or bid bonds will be re- turned promptly ater the Owner and the accepted bidder have executed the contract, or if no award has been made within 30 days after the date of the opening bids, upon demand of the bidder at any time thereafter, so long as he has not been notified of the acceptance of his bid. 8. Liquidated Damages for Failure to Enter into Contract The successful bidder, upon his failure or refusal to execute and deliver the contract and bonds required within 10 days after he has received notice of the acceptance of his bid, shall forfeit to the Owner as liquidated damages for such failure or refusal, the security deposited with his bid. 9. Time of Completion and Liquidated Damages Bidder must agree to commmence work on or before a date to be specified in a written "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to fully complete the project within consecutive calendar days therafter. Bidder must agree also to pay as liquidated damages, the sum of $ for each consecutive calendar day thereafter as herinafter provided in the General Conditions. Conditions of work -3- Each must inform himself fully of the conditions relating to the construction feet and the employment of later theron.Failure to do so will not a successful bud- der of his obligation to furnish all material and labor necesary to carry out the provisions of this contract. Insofar as possible the contractor in carrying out his work, must methods or means as well not cause any interruption of or interference with the work of any other contractor. 11. adddenda and interpretations No interperation of the meaning of the plans, specifications or other public document will be made to any bidder oraily. Every request for such interpretation should be in writing addressed in ___________________________________________________47___________________________________________ and to be given consideration must be received at least five days prior to hte date fixed for the opening of bids.Any and all such interpretationsand and any supplimintal interactions will be in the form of written addenda to the specifications which, is issued, will be mailed by certified mail with return receipt requested to all prospective bidders for the respective ad- dresses furnished for such pruposes. not later than three days prior to the date issued for the opening bids. Failure of any bidder to receive any such addendum or intrupretation shall not relieve such bidder from any obligation under his bid as submitted. All shall become part of the contract deocuments. 12.Security for faithful performance Simultaneously with is delivery of the executed contract the contracter shall furnisa a boad or bonds as security for faithful performance of this of all persons performing later on the protect under this contract and with this contract as specified in the General Conditions included on such bond or bonds shall be a duly authorized surety 13. Power of Attorney Attorneys-in-fact who sign bid bonds or contract bonds must file with each bond a and efiectively dated copy of their power of attorney. 14. Notice of Special Conditions is particularly called to these parts of the contract shich deal with the following: (a) inspection and testing of materials (b) Insurance requirements (c) Wage rates (d) Stated allowances 15. Laws and Regulations The bidder's atteation is directed to the fact that all applicable State laws, municipal ordi- nances, and the rules and regulations of all authorities having jurisdicition over construction of the project shall apply to the contract thoughout, and they will be deemed to be included in the contract the same as though herein written out in full. 16. Method of Award - Lowest Qualified Bidder If at the time this contract is to be awarded, the lowest base bid submitted by a responsible bidder does not exceed the amount of funds then estimated by the Owner as available to fi- nance the contract, the contract will be awarded on the base bid only. If such a bid exceeds such amount, the Owner may reject all bids or may award the contract on the base bid com- bined with such deductable alternates applied in numerical order in which they are listed in the Form of Bid, as produces a net amount which is within the available funds. 17. Obligation of Bidder At the time of opening the bids, each bidder will be presumed to have inspected the site and have read and to be thoroughly familiar with the plans and contract documents (includ- ing all addneda). The failure or omission of any bidder to examine any form, instrument or document shall in no way relieve an bidder from any obligation in respect to his bid. 18. Compliance Review If the bid is in the amount of five hundred thousand dollars or more, the bidder and his pro- posed non-exempt subcontractors will be subject to full pre-award equal oppurtunity compli- ance reviews by EDA personnel before the award of the contract for the purpose of determin- ing whether the bidder and his subcontractors are able to comply with the provisions of the equal oppurtunity clause on Executive Order 11246. 19. Hiring of Local Labor The maximum feasible employment of local labor is covered in Section 57 of the General Con- ditions. This section emphasizes that every Contractor and Subcontractor undertaking to do work on any EDA assisted project shall employ to the maximum extent practical, in carrying out such contract work, qualified persons who regularly reside in the designated area where such project is located. The Contractor will be responsible for assuring that his subcontractors comply with Section 57. 20. Affirmative Action Requirements Where the EDA assisted project is in an area covered by an Office of Federal Contract Com- pliance imposed plan or hometown plan approved by Office of Federal Contract Compliance the Contractor will be required to complete a certificate that he intends to comply with the appli- cable plan. In additon, the Contractor will be required to complete monthly, Std. Form 257, Monthly Employment Utilization Report. 21. Equal Emulloyment A.Efirmative Action Requirements Th-4s project is located in an area that is covered by a plan for increasing minority employment in the con- struction industry. There will be found in this set of bidding documents a page section entitled, "Bid Con- ditions, Affirmative Action Requirements, Equal Employ- ment opportunity, For All Non-Exempt Federal and Federally-Assisted Construction Contracts to be awarded in Alaska To be considered as an eligible reszonsible bidcier, the bidder must comply with these "Bia Conditions". Anv questions that bidders may have on complying with these Bid Conditions should be directed to the follow- ing agency: HUD, Dept. of Fair Housing & Equal Employment 1321 Second Street .Seattle, Washington 98101 Phone: (206) 442-0226 22. Standard Form 257, Monthly Emloloy-ment Utilization Report AIL"ter the contract is awarded, the successful bidder will be required to complete and submit Standard Form 257 to the above address each month, with a copy to the following address: Ms. Patricia Mayo Manager, Alaska Region office for Equal Opportunity U. S. Department of the Interior, 204 East Fifth Avenue Anchorage, Alaska 99501 ALASKA Area Covered State of Alaska Goals and Timetables Timetable Trade Goal (percent) Until further Asbestos Workers .......... 26.4 to 28.0 notice Carpenters .............. 25.7 to 28.0 Electricians ............ 25.7 to 28.0 Ironworkers ............. 25.7 to 28.0 Operating Engineers ..... 26.1 to 28.0 Painters ................ 25.8 to 23.0 Pile Drivers ............ 25.1 to 28.0 Plumbers & Stea-rnfitters.25.4 to 28.0 Roofers ................. 27.6 to 28.0 Sheetmetal Workers ...... 25.6 to 28.0 Teamsters ............... 25.6 to 28.0 All Other ............... 26.1 to 28.1 BID CONDITIONS AFFIKIATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS Notice of Requirement for Affirmative Action to Ensure Equal Employment Opportunity (Executive order 11246) 1. The Offeror's or Bidderg attention is called to the "Equal Opportunitv Clause" and the "Standard Federal Equal Emplo=ent Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications" set forth herein. 2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aQgregate workfo in each trade on all construction work in the covered area, are as follows: The following goals and timetables for female util-4.zation shall be included in all Federal and federally assisted construction contracts and subcontracts in excess of $10,000. The goals are applicable to the contractor's aggregate on-site construction workforce whether or not oa of that workforce is performing work on a Federal or federally assisted construction contract or'subcontract. Area Covered Goals for Woman apply nationwide. Goals and Timetables Timetable Goals (percent) From Apr. 1, 1978 until Mar. 31, 1979 ..... 3.1 From Apr. 1, 1979 until Mar. 31, 1980..... 5.a From Apr. 1, 1980 until Mar. 31, 1981 ..... 6.9 Uriti'L r-irther notice, the following goals and timetables for minori utilization shall be included in all Federal or federally-assisted con- sLruction contracts and subcontracts in excess of $10,000 to be perform in the respective covered areas. The goals are applicable to the con- tract@or's ag@jregate on-site construction workforce whether or not part that ,iorkforce is performing work on a Federal or federallv-assisted construction contract or subcontract. These goals are applicable to all Contractor's construction-work (whether or not it is Federal or federally assisted) performed in the. covered area. The Contractor's compliance with the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60-4.3(a), and its efforts to meet the goals e@tablished for the geographical area where the ccntract resulting from this solicitation is to be performed. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uriform throughout the length of the contract, and in each trade, and the contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor"s goals shall be a violation of the contract, the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed. 3. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Director of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs within 10-working days 0@ award of any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000 at any tier for construction work under the contract resulting from this solicitation. The notification shall list the-name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor; employer identification number; estimated dollar amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and the geographical area in which the contract is to be performed. 4. As used in this Notice, and in the contract resulting from this solicitation, the "covered area" is (insert description of the geographical areas where the'contract is to be performed giving the state, county and city, if any.) Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications (Executive Order 11246) 1. As used in these specifications: a. "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted; b. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs,.United States Department of Labor, or any person to-whom the Director delegates authority; @ C. "Employer identification number" means the Federal Social Security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941. .d. "Minority"includes: (i) Black (all persons having origins in any of-the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin); (ii) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American or other Spanish Culture or origin, regardless of race); (i.ii) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and (iv) American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origi in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining identifi tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification). 2. Whenever the Contractor, or any Subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of t@e work involving any construction'trade, it' shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participaticn and which is.set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. 3. If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U. S. Department of Labor in the @covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmat action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with that Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors must be able to'dem- onstrate their participation in and compliance with the-provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or Subcontractor participating in an approved Plan is individually required to comply with its obli- gations under the EEO clause, and to make a good faith e-ffort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other Contractors or Subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered Contractor or Subcontractor's failure to take -ood faith efforts to achieve the Plc goals and tim-c-tab1cs. 4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standar6s provided in paragraphs 7a through p of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resultE are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and traini of minority-and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be a to achieve in each construction trade in'which it has employees in the covered area. The Contractor is expected to make substantiallv uniform progress toward its goals in each craft during the period specified. 5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement,, nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collect-I've bargaining unit, to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. G. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprenticeE and trainees at the completion of their training, subject.to the avail- ability of employment opportunities.- Trainees mu'st be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U..S. Department of Labor. 7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative a ctions to ensurE equal employment opportunity. The evaluation of the Contractor's compli with these specifications shall be based upon its efforts to achieve M maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the.following: a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees areassigned to work. The Contracor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other on-site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. C. illaintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and female off-the-street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for .a,nrral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union, or if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefor, along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken. d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person. or woman sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations, .e. 'Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in'training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources complied under 7b above. f. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their coopera- tion in assistinq the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining-agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. g. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or othe-r employment decisions including specific review of these items with onsite supervisory personnel such as Superintendent-s, General Foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings,.persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter. h. T)isseminate-the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including i.L--- in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors and Subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. i@ Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and community organizations, to schools with minority aad female students and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving,the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests.to be used in the selection process. j. Encourage present.minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and, where reasonable, provide after sc. summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor's workforce. k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3. 1. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at 12ast of.,all minority and female personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appro- priate training, etc., such opportunities. M. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assianments and other persolnnel.practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obliga- tions under these specifications are being carried out. n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are non- segregated except that separate or single-user toilet and necessarv cnanging facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sex-f 0. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business associations. p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence to and performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and a --firmative action obligations. I 3. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associa- tions which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (7a through P). The efforts of a contractor associa- tion k- ,, joint contractor-union, contractor-community, or other similar group of which the contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under 7a through p of these Specifications provided that the contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive inpact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female workforce participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the Contractor'@ and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance. 9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide equal employment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non-minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation o-7 the Executive Order if a particular group is employe 'd in a substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the Contractor has achieved its goals for women generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized) 10. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirm- ative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, religion, sex,,or national origin. 11. The Contractor shall not enter into any Subcontract with any person or firm debarred from Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246. 12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination and cancellation of-existing@ subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing regulations, by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Any Contractor who fails to carry olit such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifi- cations and Executive Order 11246, as amended. 13. The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specif- ications, shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifi- cations, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8. 14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government and to keep records. Records shall. at least, include for each employee the name, address, telephone numbers@, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g. mechanic apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer) , dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degre. that existing records satisfy this requirement, contractors shall not b required to maintain separate records. 15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish different standards o'L'r compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Progra, BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS. that we, the undersigned, as Principal, and as Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto as OWNER in the penal sum of for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors and assigns. Signed, this dav o 19 The Condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to a certain BID, attached hereto and herel )y made a part hereof to enter into a contrdct in writing, for the NOW, THE.REFORE, (a) If said BID shall be rejected, or (b] If said BID shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a con- tract in the Form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accord- ance with said BID) and shall furnish a BOND for his faithful performance of said contract, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnish- ing materials in connection therewith, and shall in Lill other respects perform. the agreement created by the acceptance of said. BID, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect; it being expressly understood and agreed that the liabil.itv of the Surety for anv and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the pena I amount of this obligation as herein stated. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF Document No. 4 FEDERALLY ASSISTED WATER AND SEWER PROJECTS Bic Solid P3ge I ol 2 The Suretv, for value received,.hereby slipidates and agrees that the obligations of said Siiret@, and its BONI) shall he in no way impaired or affected hy any extension of the time within which the OWNER may accept such BID; and said Surety does herby waive notice of any such extension. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal, anti the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the da and y year first set forth above. (L. S Princ,pal Surety Bv: IMPORTANT -Surety companies executing BONDS must appear on the Treasury De- partment's most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the state where the project is located. Document No 4 Bid Bond Page 2 of 2 BID Proposal of (hereinafter called "BIDDER"), organized an(] existing under the laws of the State of doing, husiness as To 111 CITY OF SELDOVIA (hereinafter called "OWNER"). In compliance with your Advertisement for Bids, BIDDER hereby proposes to per- form all WORK for the construction of WATER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF SELDOVIA in strict accordance with the CONTRACT DOCU[\/IENTS, within the time set forth therein, and at the prices stated below. Bv submission of this BID, each BIDDER certifies, and in the case of a joint BID each party hereto certifies as to his own organization, that this BID has been arrived at independentIv, without consultation, communication, or agreement as to any matter relating to this BID with any other BIDDER or with any comoetitor. BIDDER hereby agrees to commence WORK under this contract on or before a date to be specified in the NOTICETO PROCEED and to fully complete the PROJECT within 24o consecutive calendar days thereafter. BIDDER further agrees to pay as liquidated damages, the sum of $ 200 for each consecutive cal- endar day thereafter as provided in Section 15 of the General Conditions. BIDDER acknowledges receipt of the following ADDENDUM: *Insert "a corporation", "a partnership", or "an individual" as applicable. ir CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF Document No. 3 FEDERALLY ASSISTED WATER AND SEWER PROJECTS Bid: page I of 3 UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE FOR THE CITY OF SELDOVIA WATER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS BASIC BID Item Estimated Unit Bid Total No. Quantity Work Description Price Price 001 10 hrs. Allowance for exploration for underground utilities for dim- ensions and locations at per hour. $ 100 Lump Sum Mobilization per I.s. $ 101 Lump Sum Construct gravity system filter house, complete with backwash system, strainer, filters, mech- anical and electrical systems, pipe and fittings and the 10" meter and associated piping in- stallations required that are shown on Shts. 6, 7 and 8 and including 10" filter to include 3 spare sets of polypropylene screens plus spare parts specified per I.s. $ 102 Lump Sum Construct gravity system chlorination building complete including chlorinator install- ation, heating and mechanical and electrical systems, altitude valve, pipe and fittings and the meter required and all work re- quired is shown on Shts. 9, 10, 11 and 12 per I.s. $ $ 1.03 710 I.f. Provide and install 10" Class 52 ductile Iron water main from the tee outside the filtra- tion building to outside wall of chlorination building and from tie in to existing steel line to chlorination building and from chlorination building to water tank (includes excavation and backfill required) per $ $ 104 750 I.f. Provide and install 8" Class 52 ductile iron water main, in- cluding fittings as required to construct water tank overflow and drain from the existing 8" drain line located near the pro- posed filtration building to the connection to the water storage tank piping (includes excavation and backfill as required) per $ 105 Lump Sum Provide and install 500,000 (nom.) gallon water storage tank in- cluding underground piping (to 5' beyond exterior of tank) in- cluding all site preparation work and including rock bolt tie down anchors, tank insulation and all other work required as is shown on shts. 12 and 13 of the plans for tank construction per I.s. $ AIRPORT AVENUE WATERLINE DEDUCTIVE ALTERNATE NO. I 201 1820 l.f. Provide and install 1011 Class 52 ductile iron water main from the Fish Creek pumping line along Airport Avenue to connect to the new 10" D.I. line crossing Seldovia Slough at the new high- way bridge per $ 202 30 I.f. Provide and install 6'' Class 52 ductile iron water main for fire hydrant leads on the Air- port Avenue fire hydrants per l.f. $ 203 2 ea. Provide and install 10" gate valve and valve box per ea. $ 204 2 ea. Provide and install fire hydrant assembly at per ea. $ $ 205 1 ea. Furnishand install 3/4" copper service connection including corporation stop, service box valve and copper service line extended to ground surface to provide an air bleeder line -per ea. $ $ TOTAL BASIC BID (Including Deductive Alternate No 1) TOTAL BASIC BID (Without Deductive Alternate No. 1) CONTRACTOR BY TITLE DATE Bidder agrees to perform all the City of Seldovia Water System Improvements , work described in the specifications and shown on the plans, for the above unit prices: (Amounts are to be shown in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words will govern.) The unit prices shall include all labor, materials bailing, shoring,. removal, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover the finished work of the several kinds called for. Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or. all bids. The bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of 30 calendar days after.the scheduled closing time for receiving bids. Upon receipt of written notice of the acceptance of this bid, bidder will execute the formal contract attached within 10 days and deliver a Surety Bond or Bonds as required by Paragr aph 29 of the General Conditions. The bid security attached in the sum of $ is to become the property of the Owner in the event the contract and bond are not executed, within the time above set forth, as liquidated damages for the delay and additional expense to'the Owner caused thereby. Respectfully submitted: Bye (Title) (SEAL if bid is by a co'rporation) (Business Address) Alaska General Contractor's Reg. No. AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT, made this day of , 19 by and between CITY OF SELDOVIA hereinafter called "OWNER" and doing business as (an individual,) or (a partnership,) or (a corporation) hereinafter called "CONTRACTOR". WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements herein- after mentioned: 1. The CONTRACTOR will commence and complete the construction of 2. The CONTRACTOR will furnish all of the material, supplies, tools, equipment, labor and other services necessary for the construction and completion of the PROJECT described herein. 3. The CONTRACTOR will commence the work required by the CONTRACT DOC- UMENTS within 10 calendar days after the date of the NOTICE TO PRO- CEED and will complete the same within 200 calendar days unless the period for completion is extended otherwise by the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 4. The CONTRACTOR agrees to perform all of the WORK described in the CON- TRACT DOCUMENTS and comply with the terms therein for the sum of $ or as shown in the BID schedule. 5. The term "CONTRACT DOCUMENTS" means and includes the following: (A) Advertisement For BIDS (B) Information For BIDDERS (C) BID (D) BID BOND (E) Agreement (F) General Conditions (G) SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS (H) Payment BOND (I) Performance BOND (J) NOTICE OF AWARD (K) NOTICE OF PROCEED (L) CHANGE ORDER (M) DRAWINGS prepared by Tryck, Nyman & Hayes numbered through and dated 19 (N) SPECIFICATIONS prepared or issued by Tryck. Nyman & Hayes dated (0) ADDENDA: No. dated ,19 No. dated ,19 No. dated ,19 No. dated ,19 No. dated ,19 No. dated ,19 6. The OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR in the manner and at such times as set forth in the General Conditions such amounts as required by the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 7. This Agreement shall be binding upon all parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed, or caused to be executed by their duly authorized officials, this Agreement in ( ) each of which shall be deemed an original on the date first above written. Document No. 5 Agreement Page 2 of 3 OWNER: 13Y Name ------ (please Typt I Title- (SEAL) ATTEST: Mime (Please Typel Title CONTRACTOR: BY Name jPlease Typel Address (SEAL) ATTEST: Name (PleaSe Typal Document No. 5 Agreement Page 3 of 3 NOTICE OF AWARD To: PROJECT Description: WATER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF SELDOVIA The OWNER has considered the BID submitted by you for the above described WORK in response to its Advertisement for Bids dated , 19 , and Information for Bidders. You are hereby notified that your BID has been accepted for items in the amount of $ You are required by the Information for Bidders to execute the Agreement and fur- nish the required CONTRACTOR'S Performance BOND, Payment BOND, and certifi- cates of insurance within ten (10) calendar days from the date of this Notice to you. If you fail to execute said Agreement and to furnish said B0NDS within ten (10) days from the date of this Notice said OWNER will be entitled to consider all your rights arising out of the OWNER'S acceptance of your BID as abandoned and as a for- feiture of your BID BOND. The OWNER will be entitled to, such other rights as may be granted by law. YOU are required to return an acknowledged copy of this NOTICE OF AWARD to the OWNER. Dated this day of ,19 . CITY OF SELDOVIA By Title MAYOR ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE Receipt of the above NOTICE OF AWARD is hereby acknowledged by this the day of , 19 . By Title PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE : that Name of Contractor Address of Contractor a , hereinafter called Prinicipal, and hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto hereinafter called Owner, in the penal sum of Dollars $( ) in lawful money of the United States for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the Prinicipal entered into a certain contract with the OWNER, dated the day of . 19 , a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the construction of : Now, Therefore if the Prinicipal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties, all the undertakings, convenants, terms, conditions,and agreements of said contract dur- int the original term thereof. and any extentsions thereof which may be granted by the Owner, with or without notice to the Surety and during the one year guaranty period and if he shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such contract and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the OWNER from all costs and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the OWNER all outlay and expense which the OWNER may incur in making good any default, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the surety, for valur received hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension, of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the con- tract or to WORK to be performed thereunder or the SPECIFICATIONS accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this BOND, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the WORK or to the SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CON- TRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this the day of 19 . ATTEST: By (SEAL) ATTEST: By (SEAL) NOTE: Date of BOND must not prior of date of Contract. If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute BOND. IMPORTANT: Surety companies executing BONDS must appear on the Treasure De- partment's current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the state where the PROJECT is located. POP- ED-120 (REV. 9-77) O.H.S. No. 41-112963; U.S. OEPARTMENT OF COMMERC E Approval Expires December 31, 1979 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATION CERTIFICATIO N BY CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR REGARDING EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY Name of Prime Contractor or Subcontractor EDA Project No. Address Internal Revenue Service Employer Identification Number GENERAL In accordance with Executive Order 11246 (30 F.R. 12319-25), the implementing rules and regulations thereof, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, a Certification regarding Equal Opportunity is required of bidders or prospective contractors and. their proposed'subcont,acto,s prior to the award of contracts or subcontracts. CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION 1. Participation in 4 previous contract or subcontract. a. Contractor @as participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the Equal Opportunity clause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7"! Yes @_,No b. Compliance reports were required to be filed in connection with such contract or subcontract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7@ Yes No C. Contractor has filed all compliance reports requited by Executive Order 11246 or by regulatiorIs of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs issued pursuant to* Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No d. If answer to item C is "No," please explain in detail on reverse side of this certification. 2. Dollar amount of proposed contract 3. Nonsegregated facilities. a. Notice to Prospective Federally- Assisted Construction Contractors (1) A Certification o 'f Nonsegregated Facilities, as required by the May 9, 1967, order (32 F.R. 7439, May 19, 1967) on Elimination of Segregated Facilities, by the Secretary of Labor, must be submitted to the recipient prior to the award of a federally- assisted construction contract exceeding $10,000 which is not exempt from the provision's of the Equal Opportunity clause. (2) Con tractors receiving f ederally- assisted construction contract awards exceeding S10,000 w"hich are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity 'clause will be required to provide for theforwarding of the following notice to prospective subcontractors for supplies and construction contracts where the subcontracts exceed S110,000 and are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause- b. Notice to Prospective Subcontractors of Requirement for Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities (1) A Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities, as required by the May 9, 1967,,brder (32 F.R. 7439, May 19, 19671) on Elimination of Segregated Facilities, by the Secretary of La@or, must be submitted,to the contractor prior to the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 which is not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause. tract shall be awarded unless this report is received., 42 U.S.C. 20009-20OOo-17; 1`0 Con E.O. 11246, Sec. 203(b); 41 C.F.R. 60-1.8(b). (2) Contractors receiving subcontract awards exceeding $10,000 which. are not exempt from the provisions of the El Opportunity clause will be required to provide for th 'e forwarding of this notice to prospective subcontractors supplies and construction contracts where the subcontracts exceed $10,000 and are not exempt from the provision the Equal Opportunity clause. c. Certification of Nonsegregated facilities The federally-assisted construction contractor certifies that he does not maintain or provide for his employees segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he does not permit his employees to perform their service any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally- assisted construction i tractor certifies further that he will not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of establishments, and that he will not permit -his employees to perform their services at any location, under his cont where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally- assisted construction contractor Iagrees that a breach of certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in this contract. As used in this certification, the I "segregated facilities" means any waiting -rooms, work areas, rest. rooms and wash rooms, restaurants and other ea areas, time clocks, locker rooms and orher storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreatio entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for. employees which are-segregated by expl directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, creed, color, or national origin, because of habit, local cus! or otherwise. The f ederally- assisted construction contractor agrees that (except where he has obtained identical certi tions from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) he will obtain identical certifications in duplic2te proposed subcontractors priorto the award of subcontracts exceeding S10,000 which are not exempt from t@e provision the Equal Opportunity clause, and that he will retain the duplicate of such certifications ;n his files. Tiis.contre will include,the original in his Bid Package. REMARKS Certification - The information above is true and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief. Name and title of signer (Pt ease type) Signature Date NOTE: The penalty for making false statements in offers is prescribed in is U.S.C. 10011. FrORM ED-120 (RIEV. @-77) USCOMPA-OC 54340- NOTICE TO PROCE.ED To: Date: Project: You are hereby notified to commence WORK in accordance with the Agreement dated 19 on or before 19 and you a alendar davs thereafter. re to complete the WORK within consecutive c, The date of completion of all WORK is therefore owner By Title Mayor ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE Receipt of the above NOTICE TO PRO- CEED is hereby acknowledged by this the day of 19- By Title CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF Document No.. 9 FEDERALLY ASSISTED WATER AND SEWER PROJECTS Notice.to, Proceed:. Page 1 ot 1 CHANGE ORDER Order No. Date: Agreement Date: NAME OF PROJECT: OWNER: CONTRACTOR: The following changes are hereby made to the CONTRACT DOCUMENT S. justification: Change to CONTRACT PRICE: Original CONTRACT PRICE $ Current CONTRACT PR ICE adjusted by previous, CHANGE ORDER The CONTRACT PRICE due to this CHANGE ORDER will be (increased) (decreased) bv: $ The new CONTRACT PRICE including t,his CHANGE ORDER will be $ Change to CONTRACT TIME: The CONTRACT TIME will be (increased) (decreased) by calendar days. The date for completion of all work -will be -(Date). Approvals Required: To be effective this Order must be approved by the Federal agency if it-changes the scope or objective of the PROJECT, or as may otherwise be required by the. SUPPLE- . MENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS. Requested by: Recommended by: Ordered by: Accepted by: Federal Agency Approval (where applicable) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF Document No. 1.0 FEDERALLY ASSISTED WATER AND SEWER PROJECTS Change Order: Page I of I GENERAL CONDITIONS 1. Definitions 17. Subsurface Conditions 2. Additional instructions and Detail Drawings 18. Suspension of Work, Termination and Delay 3. Schedules, Reports and Records 19. Payments to Contractor. 4. Drawings and Specifications 20. Acceptance of Final Payment as Release 5. Shop Drawings 21. Insurance 6. Materials, Services and Facilities 22. Contract Security 7. Inspection and Testing 23. Assignments 8. Substitutions 24. Indemnification 9. Patents 25. Separate Contracts 10. Surveys, Permits, Regulations 26. Subcontracting 11. Protection of Work, Property, Persons 27. Engineer's Authority 12. Supervision by Contractor 28. Land and Rights-of-Way 13. Changes in the Work 29. Guaranty 14. Changes in Contract Price 30. Arbitration 15. Time for Completion and Liquidated Damages 31. Taxes 16. Correction of Work 1. DEFINITIONS 1.12 ENGINEER-The person. firm or corporation named as such in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1.1 Wherever used in the CONTRACT DOCU- MENTS, the following terms shall have the meanings 1.13 FIELD ORDER - A written order effecting a indicated which shall be applicable to both the singular change in the WORK. not involving an adjustment in and plural thereof: the CONTRACT PRICE or an extension of the CON- TRACT TIME, issued by the ENGINEER to the CON- 1.2 ADDENDA- Written or graphic instruments is- TRACTOR during construction. sued prior to the execution of the Agreement which modify or interpret the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, DRAWINGS and SPECIFICATIONS, by additions, de- 1.14 NOTICE 0F AWARD- The written notice of the letions, clarifications or corrections. acceptance of the BID from the OWNER to the success- ful BIDDER. 1.3 BID-The offer or proposal of the BIDDER sub- 1.15 NOTICE TO PROCEED- written communication milled on the prescribed form setting forth the prices issued by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR authoriz- for the WORK to be performed. ing him to proceed with the WORK and establishing the 1.4 BIDDER-Any person, firm or corporation sub- date of commencement of the WORK. mitting a BID for the WORK. 1.16 OWNER-A public or quasi-public body or 1.5 BONDS-Bid,Performance, and Payment Bonds authority, corporation, association, partnership, or in- and other instruments of security, furnished by the dividual for whom the WORK is to be performed. CONTRACTOR and his surely in accordance with the 1.17 PROJECT - The undertaking to be performed as CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, provided in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1.6 CHANCE ORDER-A written order to the CON- 1.18 RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE- The TRACTOR authorizing an addition, deletion or revision authorized representative of the OWNER who is as- in the WORK within the general scope of the CON- signed to the PROJECT site or any part thereof. TRACT DOCUMENTS, or authorizing an adjustment in the CONTRACT PRICE or CONTRACT TIME. 1.19 SHOP DRAWINGS-All drawings. diagrams, il- lustrations, brochures, schedules and other data which 1.7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS-The contract, in- are prepared by the CONTRACTOR. a SUBCONTRAC- cluding Advertisement For Bids, Information For Bid- TOR, manufacturer, SUPPLIER or distributor, which ders,BID,Bid Bond, Agreement, Payment Bond, Per- illustrate how specific portions of the WORK shall he formance Bond. NOTICE OF AWARD. NOTICE TO fabricated or installed. PROCEED, CHANCE ORDER. DRAWINGS. SPECIF- 1.20 SPECIFICATIONS- A part of the CONTRACT CATIONS. and ADDENDA. DOCUMENTS consisting of written descriptions of a 1.8 CONTRACT PRICE-The total monies payable to technical nature of materials, equipment. construction the CONTRACTOR under the terms and conditions of systems, standards and workmanship. the. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1.21 SUBCONTRACTOR - An individual firm or individual. firm or 1.9 CONTRACT TIME -The number of calendar corporation having a direct contract with the CON- days stated in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS for the TRACTOR or with. any other SUBCONTRACTOR for completion of the WORK. the performance of a part of the WORK at the site. 1.10 C0NTRACTOR - The person. firm or corpora- 1.22 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION - That data as tion with whom the OWNER has executed the Agree- certified by the ENGINEER when the construction of ment. the PROJECT or specified part thereof is sufficiently 1.11 DRAWINGS - The part of the CONTRACT completed, in accordance with the CONTRACT DOCU- DOCUMENTS which show the characteristics and MENTS so that the PROJECT or specified part can be I scope of the WORK to be performed and which have utilized for the purpose for which it is intended. been prepared or approved by the ENGINEER. 1.23 SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS-. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOP CONSTRUCTION OF Document No. 11 FEDERALLY ASSISTED WATER AND SEWER PROJECTS General Conditions: Page 1 of 9 Modifications to General Conditions required by a 4.2 In case of conflict between the DRAWINGS and Federal agency for participation in the PROJECT and SPECIFICATIONS the SPECIFICATIONS shall govern. Figure dimensions on DRAWINGS shall govern over the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS or such requirements scale dimensions, and detailed DRAWINGS shall that may be imposed by applicable state laws. govern over general DRAWINGS. 4.3 Any discrepancies found between the DRAW- 1.24 SUPPLIER-Any person or organization who sup- INGS and SPECIFICATIONS and site conditions or plies materials or equipment for the WORK, including any inconsistencies or ambiguities in the DRAWINGS that fabricated to a special design, but who does not or SPECIFICATIONS shall be immediately reported to perform labor at the site. . the ENGINEER, in writing, who shall promptly correct such inconsistencies or ambiguities in writing. WORK done by the CONTRACTOR after his discovery of such 1.25 WORK- All labor necessary to produce the con- discrepancies, inconsistencies or ambiguities shall be struction required by the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. done at CONTRACTOR'S risk. and all materials and equipment incorporated or to be incorporated in the PROJECT. 5. SHOP DRAWINGS 1.26 WRITTEN NOTICE - Any notice to any party of the Agreement relative to any part of this Agreement 5.1 The CONTRACTOR shall provide SHOP DRAW- in writing and considered delivered and the service INGS as may be necessary for the prosecution of the thereof completed. when posted by certified or regis- WORK as required by the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. tered mail to the said party at his last given address, The ENGINEER shall promptly review all SHOP or delivered in person to said party or his authorized DRAWINGS. The ENGINEERS approval of any SHOP representative on the WORK. DRAWINGS shall not release the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for deviations from the CONTRACT 2. ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS AND DETAIL DOCUMENTS. The approval of any SHOP DRAWING DRAWINGS which substantially deviates from the requirement of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS shall be evidenced by a 2.1 The CONTRACTOR may be furnished additional CHANGE ORDER. instructions and detail drawings by the ENGINEER as necessary to carry out the WORK required by the 5.2 When submitted for the ENGINEER'S review, CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. SHOP DRAWINGS shall hear the CONTRACTOR'S certification that he has reviewed, checked and 2.2 The additional drawings and instruction thus approved the SHOP DRAWINGS and that they are in supplied will become a part of the CONTRACT DOCU- conformance with the requirements of the CONTRACT MENTS. The CONTRACTOR shall carry out the WORK DOCUMENTS. in accordance with the additional detail drawings and instructions. 5.3 Portions of the WORK requiring a SHOP DRAW- ING or sample submission shall not begin until the 3. SCHEDULES REPORTS AND RECORDS SHOP DRAWING or submission has been approved by the ENGINEER. A copy of each approved SHOP 3.1 The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the OWNER DRAWING and each approved sample shall be kept in such schedule of quantities and costs, progress sched- good order by the CONTRACTOR at the site and shall ules, payrolls,reports, estimates, records and other be available to the ENGINEER. data where applicable as are required by the CON- TRACTOR DOCUMENTS for the work to be performed. 6. MATERIALS SERVICES AND FACILITIES 3.2 Prior in the first partial payment estimate the 6.1 It is understood that except as otherwise specifi- CONTRACTOR shall submit construction progress cally stated in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS the carry on the WORK, including dates at which he will CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials. start the various parts of the WORK, estimated date of labor, tools, equipment, water, light, power, transpor- completion of each part and as applicable: tation, supervision, temporary construction of any nature, and all other services and facilities of any 3.2.1. The dates at which special detail drawings deliver the WORK within the specified time. will be required: and 6.2 Materials and equipment shall be so stored as to 3.2.2 Respective dates for submission of SHOP insure the preservation of their quality and fitness for DRAWINGS, the beginning of manufacture, the testing the WORK. Stored materials and equipment to be in- and the installation of material , supplies and equip- corporated in the WORK shall be located so as to facili- ment. tate prompt inspection. 3.3 The CONTRACTOR shall also submit a schedule 6.3 Manufactured articles, materials, and equipment I of payments that he anticiaptes he will earn during the shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, course of the WORK. cleaned and conditioned as directed by the manufac- turer. 4. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS 4.1 The intent of the DRAWINGS and SPECIFICA- 6.4 Materials, supplies and equipment shall be in TIONS is that the CONTRACTOR shall furnish all accordance with samples submitted by the CONTRAC- labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation TOR and approved by the ENGINEER. accordance with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS and all incidental work necessary to complete the PROJECT 6.5 Materials, supplies or equipment to be incorpor- in an acceptable manner, ready for use, occupancy or ated into the WORK shall not be purchased by the opperation by the OWNER. Document No. 11 CONTRACTOR or the SUBCONTRACTOR subject to a ment is identified on the DRAWING or SPECIAFICA- chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contract or TIONS by reference to brand name or catalogue num- other agreement by which and interest is retained by the ber, it shall be understood that this is referenced for seller. the purpose of defining the performance or other sali- ent requirements and that other products of equal capacities, quality and function shall be considered. 7. INSPECTION AND TESTING The CONTRACTOR may recommend the substitution 7.1 All materials and equipment used in the construc- of a material article or piece of equipment of equal tion of the PROJECT shall be subject to adequate in- substance and function for those referred to in the spection and testing in accordance with generally ac- CONTRACT DOCUMENTS by reference to brand cepted standards, as required and defined in the CON- name or catalogue number, and if, in the opinion of the to brand TRACT DOCUMENTS. ENGINEER, such material article or piece of equip- ment is of equal substance and function to that speci- 7.2. The OWNER shall provide ALL inspection and test- fied, the ENGINEER may approve its substitution and ing services noT required by the CONTRACT DOCU- use by the CONTRACTOR. Any cost differential shall MENTS. use by the CONTRACTOR. Any cost differential shall MENTS. be deductiable from the CONTRACT PRICE and the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS shall be appropriately modifed bv CHANGE ORDER. The CONTRACTOR 7.3 The CONTRACTOR shall provide at his expense modified by CHANGE ORDER. The CONTRACTOR the testing and inspection services required by the warrants that if substitutes are approved. no major CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. changes in the function or general design of the PROJ- 7.4 If the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, laws, ordi- nances, rules, regulations of orders of any public ECT will result. Incidental changes or extra Component authority having jurisdiction require any WORK to parts required to accommodate the substitute will be specifically be inspected, tested, or approved by some- made by the CONTRACTOR without a change in the one other than the CONTRACTOR, tile CONTRACTOR CONTRACT PRICE or CONTRACT TIME. will give the ENGINEER timely notice of readiness. The CONTRACTOR will then furnish the ENGINEER 9. PATENTS the required certificates of inspection. testing or ap- proval. 9.1 The CONTRACTOR shall pay all applicable royalties andlicense fees. He shall defend all suits or 7.5 Inspections. tests or approvals by the engineer claims for infringement of any patent rights and save or others shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from the OWNER harmless from loss on account thereof. his obligations to perform the WORK in accordance except that the OWNER shall be responsible for any with the requirements of the CONTRACT DOC- such loss when a particular, process, design, or the MENTS. product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers 7.6 The ENGINEER and his representatives will at is specified, however if the CONTRACTor has reason all times have access to WORK. In addition. to believe that the design, process or product specified authorized representatives and agents of any partici- is an infringement of a patent, he shall be responsible pating Federal or state agency shall be permitted to for such loss unless he promptly gives such informa- Inspect all work, materials, payrolls, records of per- tion to the ENGINEER. sonnel invoices of materials, and other relevant data 10. SURVEYS, PERMITS, REGULATIONS and records. The CONTRACTOR will provide proper facilities for such access and observation of the WORK 10.1 The OWNER shall furnish all boundary surveys and also for any inspection or testing thereof. and establish all base lines for locating the principal 7.7 If any WORK is covered contrary to the written component parts of the WORK together with a suitable instructions of the ENGINEER it must, if requested by number of hench marks adjacent to the WORK as the ENGINEER, be uncovered for his observation and shown in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. From the in- replaced at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. formation provided by the OWNER, unless otherwise specified in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, the CON- 7.8 If the ENGINEER considers it necessary or TRACTOR shall develop and make all detail surveys viable that covered WORK inspected or tested by needed for construction such as slope stakes, batter others, the CONTRACTOR, at the ENGINEER'S request, boards. stakes for pile locations and other working will uncover, expose or otherwise make available for points, lines, elevations and cut sheets. observation. inspection or testing as the ENGINEER may require, that portion of the WORK in question. 10.2 The CONTRACTOR shall carefully preserve furnishing all necessary labor, materials, tools, and bench marks, reference points and stakes and, in case equipment. If it is found that such WORK is defective, of willful or careless destruction, he shall be charged the CONTRACTOR will bear bear all expenses of such with the resulting expense and shall be responsible for uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and any mistakes that may be caused by their unnecessary testing and of satisfactory reconstruction. If, however, loss or disturbance. such WORK is not found to be defective, the CON- 10.3 Permits and licenses of a temporary nature TRACTOR will be allowed an increase in the CON- necessary for the prosecution of the WORK shall be TRACT PRICE or an extension of the CONTRACT secured and paid for by the CONTRACTOR unless TIME or both directly attributable to such uncovering, otherwise stated in the SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL exposure. observation. inspection., testing and recon- CONDITIONS. Permits, licenses and easements for struction and an appropriate CHANGE ORDER shall permanent structures or permanent changes in existing be issued. facilities shall be secured and paid for by the OWNER, unless otherwise specified. The CONTRACTOR shall 8. SUBSTITUIONS give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations hearing on the conduct of the 8.1 Whenever a material, article or piece of equip- WORK as drawn and specified. If the CONTRACTOR Document No. 11 General Conditions: Page 3 of 9 observes that the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS are at order changes within the scope of the WORK without variance therewith. he shall promptly notify the ENGI- invalidating the Agreement. If such changes increase or NEER in writing. and any necessary changes shall be decrease the amount due under the CONTRACT adjusted as provided in Section 13, CHANCES IN THE DOCUMENTS, or in the time required for performance WORK. of the WORK, an equitable adjustment shall he author- ized by CHANGE ORDER. II. PROTECTION OF WORK, PROPERTY AND 13.2 The ENGINEER. also, may at anytime, by issuing PERSONS a FIELD ORDER make changes in the details of the II.1 The CONTRACTOR will be responsible for WORK. The CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the initiating. maintaining and supervising all safety performance of any changes in the WORK so ordered cautions and programs in connection with the WORK. by the ENGINEER unless the CONTRACTOR believes He will take all necessary precautions for the safetv that such FIELD ORDER entities him to a change in of, and will provide the necessary protection to prevent CONTRACT PRICE or TIME or both in which event damage. injury or loss to all employees on the WORK he shall give the ENGINEER WRITTEN NOTICE there- and other persons who may be affected thereby all the of within seven(7)davs after the receipt of the ordered WORK and all materials or equipment to incorpor- change. Thereafter the CONTRACTOR shall document ated therein, whether in storage on or off the site and the basis for the change in CONTRACT PRICE or other properly at the or adjacent thereto. includ- TIME within thirty (30)days. The CONTRACTOR shall ing trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways. not execute such changes pending the receipt of an structures and utilities not designated for removal, relo- executed CHANGE ORDER or further instruction from gation or replacement in the course of construction. the OWNER. 1.2 The CONTRACTOR will comply with all appli- 14. CHANGES IN CONTRACT PRICE cable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of any public body having jurisdiction. He will erect and 14.1 The CONTRACT PRICE may be changed only by maintain; as required by the conditions and progress of a CHANGE ORDER. The value of any WORK covered the WORK, all necessary safeguards for safety and by a CHANGE ORDER or of any claim for increase or protection. He will notify owners of adjacent utilities decrease in the CONTRACT PRICE shall be determined when prosecution of the WORK may affect them. The by one or more of the following methods in the order CONTRACTOR will remedy all damage, injury or loss of precedence listed below: in any property cause, directly or indirectly, in (a) Unit prices previously approved. whole or in part, by the CONTRACTOR any SUBCON- (b) An agreed lump sum. TRACTOR or anyone directly or indirectly employed (c) The actual cost for labor, direct overhead, ma- by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them terials, supplies, equipment, and other services neces- he liable, except damage or loss attributable to the sary to complete the work. In addition there shall be fault of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS or to the acts added an amount to be agreed upon but not to exceed or omissions of the OWNER or the ENGINEER or fifteen (15) percent of the actual cost of the WORK to anyone employed by either of them or anyone for cover the cost of general overhead and profit. whose acts either of them mav be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in 15. TIME FOR COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED part to the fault or negligence of the CONTRACTOR. DAMAGES 11.3 In emergencies affecting the safety of persons or 15.1 The date of beginning and the time for comple- the WORK or property at the site or adjacent thereto. tion of the WORK are essential conditions of the CON- the CONTRACTOR without special instruction or TRACT DOCUMENTS and the WORK embraced shall authorization from the ENGINEER or OWNER shall be commenced on date specified in the NOTICE TO act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. He PROCEED. will give the ENGINEER prompt WRITTEN NOTICE of 15.2 The CONTRACTOR will proceed with the WORK any significant changes in the WORK or deviations at such rate of progress to insure full completion with- from the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS caused thereby in the CONTRACT TIME. It is expressly understood and a CHANGE ORDER shall thereupon be issued cov- and agreed, by and between the CONTRACTOR and ering the changes and deviations involved. the OWNER, that the CONTRACT TIME for the com- 12. SUPERVISION BY CONTRACTOR pletion of the WORK described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the average climatic 12.1 The CONTRACTOR will supervise and direct the and economic conditions and other factors prevailing WORK. He will be solely responsible for the means. in the locality of the WORK. methods, techniques. sequences and procedures of construction. The CONTRACTOR will employ and 15.3 If the CONTRACTOR shall fail to complete the maintain on the WORK a qualified supervisor or super- WORK within the CONTRACT TIME or extension of intendent who shall have been designated in writing by time granted by the OWNER then the CONTRACTOR the CONTRACTOR as the CONTRACTOR'S representative will pay to the OWNER the amount for liquidated dam- at the site. The supervisor shall have full authori- ages as specified in the BID for each calendar day that ty to act on behalf of the CONTRACTOR and all com- the CONTRACTOR shall be in default after the time. munications given to the supervisor shall be as binding stipulated in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. as if given to the CONTRACTOR. The supervisor shall 15.4 The CONTRACTOR shall not be charged with be present on the site at all times as required to per- liquidated damages or any excess cost when the delay form adequate supervision and coordination of the in completion of the WORK is due to the following WORK. and the CONTRACTOR has promptly given WRITTEN 13. CHANGES IN THE WORK NOTICE, of such delay to the OWNER or ENGINEER. 13.1 The OWNER may at any time, as need arises 15.4.1 To any preference, priority or allocation Document No. II General Conditions: Page 4 of 9 order duly issued by the OWNER. will resume that WORK on the date so fixed. The 15.4.2 To unforeseeable causes beyond the con- CONTRACTOR will be allowed an increase in the trol and without the fault or negligence of the CON- CONTRACT PRICE or an extension of the CONTRACT TIME, or both, directly attributable to any suspension. TRACTOR, including but not restricted to, acts of God, or or the public enemy, acts of the OWNER. acts of 18.2 If the CONTRACTOR is adjudged a bankrupt another CONTRACTOR in the performance of a con- or insolvent, or if he makes a general assignment for tract with the OWNER. fires. floods. epidemics. quar- the benefit of his creditors. or if a trustee or receiver is antine restrictions. strikes, freight embargoes, and appointed for the CONTRACTOR or for any of his abnormal and unforeseeable weather: and property. or if he files a petition to take advantage of 15.4.3 To any delays of SUBCONTRACTORS any debtor's act, or to reorganize under the bankruptcy occasioned by any of the causes specified in para- or applicable laws. or if he repeatedly fails to supply graphs 15.4.1 and 15.4.2 of this article. sufficient skilled workmen or suitable materials or equipment, or if he, repeatedly fails to make prompt payments to SUBCONTRACTORS or for labor, materi- als or equipment or if he disregards laws, ordinances, 16. CORRECTION OF WORK rules, regulations or orders of any public body having jurisdiction of the WORK or if he disregards the author- 16.1 The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove from ity of the ENGINEER, or if he otherwise violates any the premises all WORK rejected by the ENGINEER for provision of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, then the owner may, without prejudice to any other right or failure to comply with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, remedy and after giving the CONTRACTOR and his whether incorporated in the construction or not,and surety a minimum of ten (10) days from delivery of a the CONTRACTOR shall promptly replace and re- WRITTEN NOTICE, terminate the services of the CON- execute the WORK in accordance with the CONTRACT TRACTOR, and take possession of the PROJECT and of DOCUMENTS and without expense to the OWNER all materials, equipment, tools, construction equip- ment and machinery thereon owned by the CONTRACTOR, and shall bear the expense of making good all WORK and finish the work by whatever method he may deem expedient. of other CONTRACTORS destroyed or damaged by In such case the CONTRACTOR shall mot be entitled to such removal or replacement. to receive any futher payment until the work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the CONTRACT PRICE exceeds the direct and 16.2 All removal and replacement WORK shall be indirect costs of completing the PROJECT, including compensa- done at the CONTRACTORS expense: If the CON- tion for additional professional services, such excess jected WORK within ten (10) days after receipt of SHALL BE PAID TO THE CONTRACTOR. If such costs exceed such WRITTEN NOTICE, the OWNER may remove such unpaid balance, the CONTRACTOR will pay the difference to the WORK and store the materials at the expense of the OWNER. Such costs incurred by the OWNER will be determined by the CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER and incorporated in a CHANGE ORDER. 18.3 Where the CONTRACTOR'S services have been 17. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS so terminated by the OWNER, said termination shall 17.1 The CONTRACTOR shall promptly, and before not affect any right of the OWNER against the CON- TRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter ac- such conditions are disturbed, except in the event of crue. Any retention or payment of monies by the an emergency, notify the OWNER bv WRITTEN OWNER due the CONTRACTOR will not release the NOTICE of: CONTRACTOR from compliance with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 17.1.1 Subsurface or latent physical conditions at 18.4 After ten (10) days from delivery of a WRITTEN the site differing materially from those indicated in the NOTICE to the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: or the OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, elect to abandon the 17.1.2 Unknown physical conditions at the site. PROJECT and terminate the Contract. In such case, of an unusual nature, differing materially from those the CONTRACTOR shall be paid for all WORK exe- ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as cuted and any expense sustained plus reasonable profit. inherent in WORK of the character provided for in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 18.5 If, through no act or fault of the CONTRACTOR, 17.2 The OWNER shall promptly investigate the con- the WORK is suspended for a period of more than ditions, and if he finds that such conditions do so ninety (90) days by the OWNER or under and order of materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in court or other public authority, or the ENGINEER FAILS to act on any request for payment within thirty the cost of, or in the time required for, performance (30) days after it is submitted, or the OWNER fails to at the WORK. an equitable adjustment shall be made pay the CONTRACTOR substantially the sum approved and the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS shall be modified by the ENGINEER or awarded by arbitrators within by a CHANGE ORDER. Any claim of the CONTRAC- thirty (30) days of its approval and presentation TOR for adjustment hereunder shall not be allowed, then the CONTRACTOR may after ten (10) days from profit. delivery of a WRITTEN NOTICE to the OWNER and unless he has given the required WRITTEN NOTICE: the ENGINEER, terminates the CONTRACT and re- provided that the OWNER may, if he determines the cover from the OWNER payment for all WORK exe- facts so justify, consider and adjust any such claims asserted before the date of final payment. 18. SUSPENSION OF WORK, TERMINATION AND DELAY 18.1 The OWNER may suspend the WORK or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days or such further time as agreed Upon by the CON- TRACTOR. by WRITTEN NOTICE to the CONTRACT- OR and the ENGINEER which notice shall fix the date on which WORK shall be resumed. The CONTRACTOR Document No. 11 General Conditions: Page 5 of 9 cated and all expenses sustained. In addition and in equipment which are suitably stored either at or near lieu of terminating the CONTRACT. If the ENGINEER the site. has failed to act on a request for payment or if the OWNER has failed to make any payment as aforesaid, the CONTRACTOR may upon ten (10) days written 19.3 Prior to SUBSTRATIAL COMPLETION, the notice to the OWNER and the ENGINEER stop the OWNER, with the approval of the ENGINEER and with WORK until he has been paid all amounts then due in the concurrence of the CONTRACTOR, may use any which event and upon resumption of the WORK completed or substantially completed portions of the CHANGE ORDERS shall be issued for adjusting the WORK. Such use shall not constitute an acceptance of TIME or both to compensate for the costs and delays such portions of the WORK. attributable to the stoppage of the WORK. 18.6 If the performance of all or any portion of the 19.4 The OWNER shall have the right to enter the WORK is suspended, delayed, or interrupted as a re- premises for the purpose of doing work not covered by sult of a failure of the OWNER or ENGINEER to act the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. This provision shall within the time specified in the CONTRACT DOCU- not be construed as relieving the CONTRACTOR of the MENTS or if no time is specified, within a reasonable sole responsibility for the care and protection of the time, an adjustment in the CONTRACT PRICE or an WORk, or the restoration of any damaged WORK ex- extension of the CONTRACT TIME, or both, shall be cept such as may be caused by agents or employees of made by CHANGE ORDER to compensate the CON- the OWNER. TRACTOR for the costs and delays necessarily caused by the failure of the OWNER or ENGINEER. 19.5 Upon completion and acceptance of the WORK the ENGINEER shall issue a certificate attached to the final payment request that the WORK has been ac- final payment request that the WORK has been ac- 19. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR cepted by him under the conditions of the CONTRACT 19.1 At least ten (10) days before each progress pay- DOCUMENTS. The entire balance found to be due the ment falls due (but not more often than once a month). CONTRACTOR, including the retained percentages, but the CONTRACTOR will submit to the ENGINEER a par- except such sums as may be lawfully retained by the tial payment estimate filled out and signed by the CON- OWNER, shall be paid to the CONTRACTOR within TRACTOR covering the WORK performed during the thirty (30) days of completion and acceptance of the period covered by the partial payment estimate and WORK. supported by such data as the ENGINEER may reason- ably require. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the 19.6 The CONTRACTOR will indemnify and save the WORK but delivered and suitably stored at or near the OWNER or the OWNER'S agents harmless from all site, the partial payment estimate shall also be accom- claims growing out of the lawful demands of SUB- panied by such supporting data, satisfactory to the CONTRACTORS, laborers, workmen, mechanics, ma- OWNER, as will establish the OWNERs title to the ma- terial men, and furnishers of machinery and parts terial and equipment and protect his interest therein, thereof, equipment,tools, and all supplies, incurred in including applicable insurance. The ENGINEER will, the furtherance of the performance of the WORK. The within ten (10) days after receipt of each partial pay- CONTRACTOR shall, at the OWNERS request, furnish ment estimate, either indicate in writing his approval of satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature payment and present the partial payment estimate to designated above been paid, discharged, or the OWNER or return the partial payment estimate to waived. If the CONTRACTOR fails to do so the OWN- the CONTRACTOR indicating in writing the reasons for ER may, after having notified the CONTRACTOR, refusing to approve payment. In the latter case, the either pay unpaid bills or withhold from the CON- CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections TRACTORS unpaid compensation a sum of money and resubmit the partial payment estimate. The OWN- deemed reasonably suffieient to pay any and all such ER will, within ten (10) days of presentation to him of lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished an approved partial payment estimate, pay the CON- that all liabilities have been fully discharged where- TRACTOR a progress payment on the basis of the ap- upon payment to the CONTRACTOR shall be resumed. proved partial payment estimate. The OWNER shall re- in accordance with the terms of the CONTRACT tain ten (10) percent of the amount of each payment un- DOCUMENTS, but in no event shall the provisions of til final completion and acceptance of all work covered this sentence be construed to impose any obligations by the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The OWNER at any upon the OWNER to eith the CONTRACTOR, his time, however, after fifty (50) percent of the WORK Surety, or any third party, In paying any unpaid has been completed, if he finds that satisfactory prog- bills of the CONTRACTOR any payment so made by ress is being made, shall reduce retainage to five (5) the OWNER shall be considered as a payment made percent on the current and remaining estimates. When under the CONSTRACT DOCUMENTS by the OWNER the WORK is substantiall complete (operational or to the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER shall not be beneficial occupancy), the retained amount may be liable to the CONTRACTOR for any such payments futher reduced below five (5) percent to only that made in good faith. amount necessary to assure completion. On COmpletion and acceptance of a part of the WORK on which the 19.7 If the OWNER fails to make payment thirty (30) price is stated separately in the CONTRACT DOCU- days after approval by the ENGINEER, in addition to MENTS, payment may be made if full, including re- other remedies available to the CONTRACTOR, there tained percentages, less authorized deductions. shall be added to each such payment interest at the maximum legal rate commencing on the first day after 19.2 The request for payment may also include an said payment is due and continuing until the payment allowance for the cost of such major materials and is received by the CONTRACTOR. Document No.11 20. ACCEPTANCE OF FINAL PAYMENT AS operations under the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, RELEASE whether such operations be by himself or by any SUBCONTRACTOR under him, or anyone directly or 20.1 The acceptance by the CONTRACTOR of final indirectly employed by the CONTRACTOR or by a payment shall be and shall operate as a release in the SUBCONTRACTOR under him. Insurance shall be OWNER of all claims and all liablity to the CONTRAC- written with a limit of liability of not less than $500,000 TOR other than claims in stated amounts as may be for all damages arising out of bodily injury, including speciafically excepted by the CONTRACTOR for all death, at any time resulting therefrom, sustained by things done or furnished in connection with this WORK any one person in any one accident: and a limit of and for every act and neglect of the OWNER and others liability of not less than $500,000 aggregate for any relating to or arising out of this WORK. Any payment, such damages sustained by two or more persons in any however, final or otherwise, shall not release the one accident. Insurance shall be written with a limit CONTRACTOR or his sureties from any obligations of liability of not less than $200,000 for all property under the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS or the Perform- damage sustained by any one person in any one acci- ance BOND and Payment BONDS. dent: and a limit of liability of not less the $200,000 aggregate for any such damage sustained by two or more persons in any one accident. 21. INSURANCE 21.3.2 The CONTRACTOR shall acquire and 21.1 The CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain maintain, if applicable. Fire and Extended Coverage such insurance as will protect him from claims se forth insurance upon the PROJECT to the fall insurable below which may arise out of or result from the CON- value thereof for the benefit of the OWNER, the CON- TRACTOR'S execution of the WORK, whether such ex- TRACTOR, and SUBCONTRACTORS as their interest ecution be by himself or by any SUBCONTRACTOR may appear. This provision shall in no way release the or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any CONTRACTOR or CONTRACTOR'S surely from obli- of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may gations under the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS to fully be liable. complete the PROJECT. 21.1.1 Claims under workmen's compensation. 21.4 The CONTRACTOR shall procure and maintain disability benefit and other similar employee benefit at his own expense, during the CONTRACT TIME, in acts: accordance with the provisions of the laws of the state in which the work is performed. Workmen's 21.1.2 Claims for damages because of bodily Compensation Insurance, including occupational injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of disease provisions, for all of his employees at the site his employees: of the PROJECT and in case any work is sublet, the CONTRACTOR shall require such SUBCONTRACTOR 21.1.3 Claims for damages because of bodily in- similarly to provide Workmen's Compensation Insur- jury,sickness or disease, or death of any person other ance, icluding occupational disease provisions for all than his employees: of the latter's employees unless such employees are covered by the protection afforded by the CONTRAC- 21.1.4 Claims for damages insured by usual per- TOR. In case any class of employees engaged in haz- sonal injury liability coverage which are sustained (1) arduos work under this contract at the site of the by any person as a result of an offense directly or in- PROJECT is not protected under Workmen's Compen- directly related to the employment of such person by sation statute, the CONTRACTOR shall provide, and the CONTRACTOR, or (2) by any other person: and shall cause each SUBCONTRACTOR to provide, ade- quate and suitable insurance for the protection of his employees not otherwise protected. 21.1.5 Claims for damages because of injury to or 21.5 The CONTRACTOR shall secure, if applicable destruction of tangible property, including loss of use "All Risk" type Builder's Risk insurance for WORK to resulting therefrom. be performed. Unless specifically authorized by the OWNER, the amount of such insurance shall not be 21.2 Certificates of Insurance acceptable in the OWN- less than the CONTRACT PRICE totaled in the BID. ER shall be filed with the OWNER prior to commence- The policy shall cover not less than the lossed due to ment of the WORK. These Certificates shall contain a fire, explosion, hail, lightning, vandalism, malicious provision that coverages afforded under the policies mischief, wind, collapse, riot, aircraft, and smoke dur- will not be cancelled unless at least fifteen (15) days ing the CONTRACT TIME, and until the WORK is prior WRITTEN NOTICE has been given to the OWN- accepted by the OWNER. The policy shall name as the ER. insured the CONTRACTOR, the ENGINEER, and the OWNER. 21.3 The CONTRACTOR shall procure and maintain at his own expense, during the CONTRACT TIME, li- 22. CONTRACT SECURITY ability insurance as hereinafter specified: 21.3.1 CONTRACTOR'S General Public Liability 22.1 The CONTRACTOR shall within ten (10) days and Property Damage Insurance including vehicle after the receipt of the NOTICE OF AWARD furnish coverage issued to the CONTRACTOR and protecting the OWNER with a Performance Bond and a Payment him from all claims for personal injury, including Bond in perial sums equal to the amount of the CON- death, and all claims for destruction of or damaged to TRACTOR PRICE conditioned upon the performance by property, arising out of or in connection with any Document No. 11 the CONTRACTOR of all undertakings, covenants tracts in connection with this PROJECT. The CON- terms. conditions and agreements of the CONTRACT TRACTOR shall afford other CONTRACTORS reason- DOCUMENTS. and upon the prompt payment by the able opportunity, for the introduction and storage of CONTRACTOR to all persons supplying labor and their materials and the execution of their WORK, and materials in the prosecution of the WORK provided by shall properly connect and coordinate his WORK with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. Such BONDS shall be theirs. If the proper execution or results of any part of executed by the CONTRACTOR and a corporate bond- the CONTRACTOR'S WORK depends upon the WORK ing company licensed to transact such business in of any other CONTRACTOR, the CONTRACTOR shall the state in which the WORK is to he performed and inspect and promptly report to the ENGINEER any named on the current list of "Surety Companies Ac- defects in such WORK that render it unsuitable for ceptable on Federal Bonds" as published in the Treas- such proper execution and results. ury Department Circular Number 570. The expense of these BONDS shall be borne bv the CONTRACTOR. 25.2 The OWNER may perform additional WORK re- lated to the PROJECT by himself. or he mavy let other If at any time a surety on any such BOND is declared a bankrupt or loses its right to do business in the state contracts containing provisions similar to these.The in which the WORK is to be performed or is removed CONTRACTOR will afford the other CONTRACTORS from the list of Surely Companies accepted on Federal who are parties to such Contracts (or the OWNER, if BONDS. CONTRACTOR shall within ten (10)days he is performing the additional WORK himself), rea- sonable opportunity for the introduction and storage after notice from the OWNER to do so. substitute an of materials and equipment and the execution of acceptable BOND (or BONDS) in such form and sum WORK, and shall properly connect and coordinate his and signed by such other surely or sureties as may he WORK with theirs. satisfactory to the OWNER. The premiums on such BOND shall be paid by the CONTRACTOR. No further 25.3 If the performance of additional WORK by other payments shall be deemed due nor shall be made until CONTRACTORS or the OWNER is not noted in the the new surety or sureties shall have furnished an CONTRACT DOCUMENTS prior to the execution of acceptable BOND to the OWNER. the CONTRACT, written notice thereof shall be given 23. ASSIGNMENTS to the CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such addi- tional WORK. If the CONTRACTOR believes that the 23.1 Neither the CONTRACTOR nor the,OWNER performance of such additional WORK by the OWNER shall sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of the or others involves him in additional expense or entities interest therein, or his obligations thereunder, without him to an extension of the CONTRACT TIME, he may written consent of the other party. make a claim therefor as provided in Sections 14 and 15. 24. INDEMNIFICATION 24.1 The CONTRACTOR will indemnify and hold 26. SUBCONTRACTING harmless the OWNER and ENGINEER and their agents and employees from and against all claims, 26.1 The CONTRACTOR may utilize the services of damages, losses and expenses including attorneys specialty SUBCONTRACTORS on those parts of the fees arising out of or resulting from the performance work which, under normal contracting practices, are of the WORK, provided that any such claims, damage performed by specialty SUBCONTRACTORS. loss or expense is atiributable to bodily injury, sick- ness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of 26.2 The CONTRACTOR shall not award WORK to tangible property including the loss of use resulting SUBCONTRACTOR(s), in excess of fifty (50) percent therefrom: and is caused in whole or in part by any of the CONTRACT PRICE, without prior written ap- negligent or willful act or omission of the CONTRAC- proval of the OWNER. TOR, and SUBCONTRACTOR, anyone directly or in- directly employed by any of them or anyone for whose 26.3 The CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible acts any of them may be liable. the OWNER for the acts and omissions of his SUB- CONTRACTORS, and of persons either directly or in- 24.2 In any and all claims against the OWNER or by directly employed by them, as he is for the acts and ENGINEER, or any of their agents or employees, by omissions of persons directly employed by him. any employee of the CONTRACTOR, any SUBCON- TRACTOR anyone directly or indirectly employed 26.4 The CONTRACTOR shall cause appropriate pro- by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them visions to be inserted in all subcontracts relative to the may be liable, the indemnification obligation shall not WORK to bind SUBCONTRACTORS in the CONTRAC- be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount TOR by the terms of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable insofar as applicable to the WORK of SUBCONTRAC- by or for the CONTRACTOR or any SUBCONTRAC- TORS and to give the CONTRACTOR the same power TOR under workmen's compensation acts, disability as regards terminating any subcontract that the OWN- benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. ER may exercise over the CONTRACTOR under any provision of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 24.3 The obligation of the CONTRACTOR under this paragraph shall not extend to the liability of the 26.5 Nothing contained in this CONTRACT shall cre- ENGINEER his agents or employees arising out of the ate any contractual relation between any SUBCON- preparation or approval of maps. DRAWINGS opini- TRACTOR and the OWNER. ons, reports, surveys, CHANGE ORDERS, designs or SPECIFICATIONS. 27. ENGINEER'S AUTHORITY 25. SEPARATE CONTRACTS 27.1 The ENGINEER shall act as the OWNERS repre- sentative during the construction period. He shall de- 25.1 The OWNER reserves the right to let other con- cide questions which may arise as to quality and ac- ceptability of materials furnished and WORK per- formed. He shall interpret the intent of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS in a fair and unbiased manner. The Document No. 11 General Conditions: page 8 of 9 ENGINEER will make visits to the site and determine if necessary by reason of such defects including the repairs the WORK is proceeding in accordance with the CONTRACT of any damage to other parts of the system resulting from DOCUMENTS. from such defects. The OWNER will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. In the event that 27.2 The CONTRACTOR will be held strictly to the intent the CONTRACTOR should fail to make such repairs, adjustments, of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS in regard to the quality of or other WORK that may be made necessary by such defects, the materials. Workmanship and execution of the WORK. OWNER may do so and charge the CONTRACTOR the cost thereby Inspections may be made at the factory or tabrication incurred. The Performance BOND shall remain in full force and plant of the source of material supply. effect through the guarantee period. 27.3 The ENGINEER will not be responsible for the 30. ARBITRATION construction means, controls, techniques, sequences procedures, or construction safety. 31.1 All claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of, or relating to, the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS or the breach thereof,except for claimes which have been waived by the making and 27.4 The ENGINEER shall promptly make decisions acceptance of final payment as provided by Section 20, shall be decided relative to interprelation of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. by arbitration in accordance with the Constructon Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. This agreement to 28. LAND AND RIGHTS-OF-WAY arbitrate shall be specifically enforceable under the prevailing arbitration law. The award rendered by the arbitrators shall be final, and judgment 28.1 Prior to issuance of NOTICE TO PROCEED, the OWNER may be entered upon it in any court having jurisiction thereof. shall obtain all land and rights-of-way necessary for carrying out and for the completion of the WORK 30.2 Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing to be performed pursuant to the CONTRACT with the other partly to the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS and with the American DOCUMENTS, unless otherwise mutually agreed. Arbitration Association, and a copy shall be filed with the ENGINEER. Demand for arbitration shall in no event be made on any claim, dispute 28.2 The CONTACTOR shall provide at his own ex- or other matter in question which would be harred by the applicable statute pense and without liability to the OWNER any additional of limitations. land and access therein that the CONTRACTOR may desire for temporary construction facilities, or for 30.3 The CONTRACTOR will carry on the WORK and maintain the progress schedule storage of materials during any arbitration proceedings, unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing 29. GUARANTY 31. TAXES 29.1 The CONTRACTOR shall guarantee all materials and equipment furnished and WORK performed for a perior of one (1) 31.1 The CONTRACTOR will pay all sales, consumer, use and other year from the date of SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION of the system that similar taxes required by the law of the place where the WORK is performed. the completed system is free from all defects due to faulty materials or workmanship and the CONTRACTOR shall promptly make such corrections as may be Document No. 11 General Conditions Page 9 of 9 SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS JUNE 1978 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic. Development Administration SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS These Supplemental General Conditions are intended for use by Economic Development Administration Grantees. They contain specific EDA and other Federal requirements not normally found in non Federal contract documents. The requirements contained herein must be incorporated into all construction.contracts and subcontracts funded wholly or in part with EDA funds. SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS S-1 DEFINITIONS The following terms as used in these Supplemental General Conditions are respectively defined as follows: a. "Contractor": A person, firm, or corporation with whom this Contract is made by the Owner. b. "Subcontractor": A person, firm, or corporation supplying labor and materials or only labor, for work at the site of the project, for and under separate contract or'agreement with the Contractor. C. "Work on .(at) the project": Work to be performed at the location of the project, including the transportation of materials and supplies to or from the location of the project b y employees of the Contractor and any subcontractor. d. "Apprentice": (1) A person employed and indivi- dually'registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U. S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State apprenticeship agency recognized by the Bureau; or (2) a person in his/her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by theJ Bureau of Apprentice- ship and Training or a State apprenticeship council (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. e. "Trainee": A person receiving on-the-job training in a-construction occupation under a program which is approved (but not necessarily sponsored) by the U.S. Department of Labor, Manpower Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, and which is reviewed from time to time by the Manpower Administration to insure that the training meets adequate standards. s-2 REQUIPM PROVISIONS DEEMED INSERT'A-W'D Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in this contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and the contract shall be read and enforced as though it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise any such provision is not inserted, or is not correctly in- serted, then upon the application of either party the contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion of correction. S-3, INSPECTION BY ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT REPRESENTATIVES The authorized representatives and agents of the Economic Development Administration shall be permitted to inspect all work, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, invoices of materials and other relevant data and records. S-4 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND PERIODIC ESTIMATES Immediately after execution and delivery of @he contract, and before the first partial payment is made, the Contractor shall deliver to the owner an estimated construction progress schedule in form satisfactory to the Owner, showing the proposed dates of commencement and completion of each of the various subdivisions of work required under the Contract Documents and the anticipated amount of each monthly payment that will become due the Contractor in accordance with the progress schedule. The Contractor also shall furnish the owner (a) a detailed estimate giving a complete breakdown of the contract price and (b) periodic itemized estimates Of work done for the purpose of making partial payments thereon. The costs employed in making up any of these schedules will be used only for determining the basis of partial payments and will not be considered as fixing a basis for additions to or deductions from the contract price. s-5 CONTRACTOR'S TITLE TO KATERIAL No materials or supplies for the work shall be purchased by the Contractor or by any subcontractor subject, to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contract or other agreement by which an iriterest is retained by the seller. The Contractor warrants that he/she has good title to all materials and supplies used by-him/her in the work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. 2 S-6 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF MATERIALS All materials and equipment used in the construction of the project shall be subject to adequate inspection and testing in accordance with accepted standards. The laboratory or inspection agency shall be selected by the Owner. The Owner shall pay for all laboratory inspection service direct, and not as a part of the contract. Materials of construction, particularly those upon which the strength and durability of the structure may depend, shall be subject to inspection and test- ina to establish conformance with specifications and suitability for intended users. S-7 "OR EQUAL" CLAUSE Whenever a material, article or piece of equipment is identified on the Plans or in the Specifications by reference to manufacturers' or vendors' names, tradenames, catalogue numbers, etc., it is intended merely to establish a standard; and, any material, article or equipment of other manufacturers and vendors which will perform adequately the duties imposed by the general design will be considered equally acceptable provided the material, article or equipment so proposed is, in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer, of equal substance and function. It shall not be purchased or installed by the Con- tractor without the Architect/Engineer's written approval. S-8 PATENTS The Contractor shall, hold'and save the Owner and its officers, agents, servants and employees harmless from liability of any nature or kind, including cost and expenses for, or on account of, any patented or unpatented invention, process, article or appliance manufactured or used in the performance of the con- tract, including its use by the Owner, unless other- wise specifically stipulated in the contract documents. 3 License or Royalty Fee: License 'and/or Royalty Fees for the use of a process which is authorized by the Owner of the project must be reasonable, and paid to the holder of the patent, or his authorized licensee., direct by the Owner and not by or through the Con- tractor. If the Contractor uses any design, device or materials covered by letters, patent or copyright, he/she shall provide for such use by suitable agree- ment with the Owner of such patented or copyrighted design, device or material. It is mutually agreed and understood that, without exception, the contract prices shall-include all royalties or costs arising from the use of such design, device or materials, in any way involved in the work. The Contractor and/or his/her Sureties shall indemnify and save-harmless the Owner of the project from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of such patented or copyrighted design, device or materials or any trade- mark.or copyright in connection with work agreed to be performed under this contract, and shall indemnify the owner for any cost, expense or damage w 'hich it may be obliged to pay by reason of such infringement at any time during the prosecution of the'work or after completion of the work. S-9 CLAIMS FOR BXTRA COSTS No claim for extra work or cost shall be allowed unless the same was done in pursuance of a written order-of the Architect/Engineer approved by the Owner. S-10 CONTRACTOR'S AND SUBCONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE The Contractor shall not commence work under this con- tract until he/she has obtained all the insurance re- quired under this paragraph and such insurance has been approved by the owner, nor shall the Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence work on his/her subcontract until the insurance required of the sub- contractor has been so obtained and approved. a. Compensation insurance The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain during the life of this contract Workmen's Compensation Insurance as re- quired by applicable State or Territorial law for all of his/her employees to be engaged in work at the site of the project under this contract and, in case of any such work sublet, the Contractor 4 shall require the subcontractor similarly to provide Workmen's Compensation Insurance for all of the latter's employees to be engaged in such work unless such employees are covered by the protection afforded by the Contractor's Workmen's Compensation Insurance. In the case where any class of employees engages in hazardous work on the project under this contract and is not pro- tected under the Workmen's Compensation Statute, the Contractor shall provide and shall cause each subcontractor to provide adequate employer's liability insurance for the protection of such of his/her employees as are not otherwise protected. b. Contractor's Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance and Vehicle Liability Insurance The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain dur- ing the life of this contract: Contractor's Pub- lic Liability Insurance, Contractor's Property Damage Insurance and Vehicle Liability Insurance in the amount of not less than $200,000 for Bodi- ly Injury, including accidental death, to any one person and an amount not less than $500,000 on account of any one occurrence; Property Damage in an amount not less than $100,000 per occurrence and $200,000 aggregate; and Vehicular Liability of $100,000 for any one person or $200,000 for each.adcurrence. C. Subcontractor's Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance and Vehicle Liability Insurance The Contractor shall either (1) require each of his/her subcontractors to procure and to maintain during the life of his/her subcontract, Subcon- tractor's Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance and Vehicle Liability Insurance of the type and in the amounts specified in subpara- graph b. above or, (2) insure the activities of 'his/her subcontractors in his/her policy specified in Subparagraph b. above. d. Scope of Insurance and Special Hazards The in- surance required under Subparagraphs b. and c. above shall provide adequate protection for the Contractor and his/her subcontractors, respec- against damage claims which.may arise from operations under this contract, whether such operations be by the insured or by any one direct- ly or indirectly employed by him/her and also against any of the special hazards which may be encountered in the performance of this contract. 5 e. Builder's Risk Insurance (Fire and Extended Coverage7 unless otherwise proviclid by the Owner, the Contractor shall orocure and shall maintain during the life of i-his contract Builder's Risk Insurance (Fire and Extended Coverage) on a 100 percent (100%) completed value basis on the insurable portion of the project. The Owner, the Contractor, and sub- contractors (as their interests may appear), shall be named as the Insured. f. Proof of Carriage of Insurance The Contrac- tor shall furnish the Owner With certificates showing the type, amount, class of operations covered, effective dates and dates of expira- tion of policies. Such certificates shall also contain substantially the following statement: "The insurance covered by this certificate will not becancelled or materi- ally altered, except after ten (10) days written notice has been received by the Owner." S-11 CONTRACT SECURITY The Contractor shall furnish a performance bond in an amount at least equal to one hundred per- cent (100%) of the contract price as security for the faithful performance of this contract and also a payment bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price or in a penal sum not less than that prescribed by State, Terri- torial or local law, as security for the payment of all persons performing labor on the project under this contract and furnishing materials in connection with this contract. The performance bond and the payment bond.may be in one or in separate instruments in accordance with local law. Before final acceptance each bond must be approved by the Economic Development Administration. S-12 CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES a. A certification of nonsegregated facilities as required by 41CFR 60-1.8,@must be submitted prior to the award of federally assisted con- struction contracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause. (see Form ED-120, item 3) b. Contractors receiving federally assisted con- struction contract awards exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the. Equal Opportunity clause shall be.required to provide for the forwarding of the following notice to prospective subcontractors for sup- plies and construction contracts where the subcontracts exceed $10,000 and are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause: Notice to Prospective Subcontractors of Requirement for Certifications of Nonsegregated Facilities (1) A certification of nonsegregated facilities as required by the 32CFR 7439, May 19, 1967, must be submitted prior to the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 which is. not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause. (2) Contractors receiving subcontrict awards .exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal opportunity clause shall be required to provide for the forwarding of this notice to prospective subcontractors for supplies and construction contracts where the subcontractors exceed $10,000 and are not exempt from the provi- sion'of the.Equal Opportunity clause. S-13 SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION In order to protect the lives and health of his/her employees under the contract, the Contractor shall comply with all pertinent provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, as amended, commonly known as the Construction Safety Act as pertains to health and safety standards; and shall maintain an accurate record of all cases of death, occupational disease, and injury requiring medical attention or causing loss of time from work, arising out of and in the course of employment on work under the contract. 7 The Contractor alone shall be responsible for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy of his/her plan, appliances, and methods, and for any damage which may result from,their failure or their improper construction, maintenance, or operation. S-14 MINIMUM WAGES All mechanics and laborers employed or working on the site of the work, or under the United States Housing Act of 1937, or under the Housing Act of 1949 in the construction or development of the pro- ject will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without.subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations' issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Cope- land-Act (29 CFR Part 3), the full amounts due at time of payment computed at wage rates not less than .those contained in the wage determination decision of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contrac- tual relationship which may be alleged to.exist between the Contractor and subcontractor and such laborers and mechanics; and the wage determination d.ecision shall be posted by the Contractor at the site of the work in a prominent place where it can be easily seen by the workers. For the purpose of this clause, contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated under Sectionl(b) (2) of the Davis- Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics =a r.=- sidered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of 29 CFR 5.5,(a) (1) (iv). Also for the purpose of this clause, regular con- tributions made'or costs incurred for more than a weekly period under plans, funds, or programs, but covering the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. The Owner shall require that any class of laborers and mechanics, including apprentices and trainees, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract, shall be classi- fied or reclassified conformable to the wage deter- mination and a report of the action taken shall be sent by the Federal agency to the Secretary of Labor. In the event the interested parties cannot. agree on the proper classification or reclassification of a particular class of laborers 8 and mechanics, including apprentices and trainees, to be used, the questions accompanied by the recommenda- tion of the contracting officer shall be referred to the Secretary of Labor for final determination. Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the con- tract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly wage rate and the Contractor is obligated to pay a cash equivalent of such a fringe benefit, the owner shall require an hourly cash equivalent to be estab- lished. In the event the interested parties cannot agree upon a cash equivalent of the fringe benefit, the question, accompanied by the recommendation of the Owner, shall be referred to the Secretary of Labor for determination. If the Contractor does not make payments to a trust- ee or other third person, he/she may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs'reasonably anticipated in providing bene- fits under a plan or program of a type expressly listed in the wage determination decisi6n of the Secretary of Labor which is a part of this contract; provided, however, the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the Contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary.of Labor may require the Contrac- tor to set aside in'a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. WITHHOLDING OF PAYMENTS The Economic Development Administration may withhold or cause to be withheld from the Contractor as much of the accrued payments or advances as may be consid- ered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, includ- ing apprentices and trainees, employed by the Con- tractor or any subcontractor on the work, the 'Lull amount of wages required by the contract in accor- dance with the Davis-Bacon Act. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice or trainee employed or working on the project site or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949, in the con- struction or development of the project, all or part of the wages required by the contract, the Economic Development Administration may, after written notice to the Contractor, sponsor, applicant,-or Owner', take 9 action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guaranty of. funds until such violations have ceased. S-16 PAYROLLS AND BASIC RECORDS Payrolls and basic records relating thereto will be maintained during the course of the work and pre- served for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the EDA pro- ject site, or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949, in the con- struction or development of the project. Such re- cords shall contain the name and address of each employee, his/her correct classification, rate of pay (including contributions or costs anticipated of the types described in Section 9 (b) (2) of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (iv) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reason- ably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan program described in Section 1 (b) (2) (B) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the Contractor shall maintain re- cords which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, plus records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. The Contractor shall submit weekly a copy of all pay- rolls to the Owner on DOL Form WH-347 or equivalent. The copy shall be signed on the reverse side by the employer or his/her agent indicating that the pay- rolls are correct and complete, that the wage rates contained therein are not less than those determined by the Secretary o f Labor and that the classifications set forth for each laborer or mechanic conform with the work he/she performed. This submission.is re- quired under this contract and the.Copeland regula- tions of the Secretary of Labor (29 CFR Part 3) and the filing with the initial payroll or any subsequent payroll of a copy of any findings by the Secretary of Labor under 20 CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (iv) shall satisfy this requirement. The Prime Contractor shall be respon- sible for the submission of copies of payrolls of all subcontractors. The Contract-or shall make the records required under the labor standards clause of the con- tract available for inspection by authorized repre- sentatives of the Economic Development Administration and the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. S-17 APPRENTICES AND TRAINEES Apprentices will be permitted to work as such only when they are registered, individually, under a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with a' State apprenticeship agency which is recognized by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, U. S. Department of Labor; or, if no such recognized agency exists in a State, under a program registered with the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, U. S. Department of Labor. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the Contractor as to hi7s/her entire work force under the registered program. Any employee listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not a trainee as def ined in Section S-le herein and is not registered as above, shall be paid the wage rate determined by the Secretary of Labor for the classifi- cation of work he actually performed. The Contractor or subcontractor shall be required to furnish to the Owner written evidence of the registration of his/her program and apprentices as well as of the appropriato, ratios and wage rates., for the area of construction prior to using any apprentices on the contract work. Trainees will be permitted to work as such when they are bona fide trainees employed pursuant to a program approved by the U. S. Department of Labor, Manpower Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, and when the subparagraph below is applicable, in accordance with the provisions of Part 5, Subpart A, Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations. On contracts in excess of $10,000, the employment of all laborers and mechanics, including apprentices and trainees, as defined in Section,29 CFR 5.5 shall also be subject to the provisions of Part 5, Subpart A, Title 29,Code of Federal Regulations, Apprentices and trainees shall be hired in accordance with the recuire- ments of Part 5, Subpart A. The provisions of Sections S-14, S-15t and S-17 shall be applicable to every invitation for bids, and to every negotiation, request for proposals, or request for quotations, for an assisted con- struction contract, and to every such contract entered into on the basis of such invitation or negotiation. Part 5, Subpart A, Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations shall constitute the con- ditions of each assisted contract in excess of $1.0,000, andeach Owner concerned shall include @hese conditions or provide for their inclusion, in each such contract. These "Supplemental General Conditions" shall also be included in each such contract. S-18 'COPELAND "ANTI-KICKBACK" PROVISIONS The Contractor shall comply with the Copeland Regulations (29 CPR Part 3) of the Secretary of Labor whichare herein incorporated by reference. S-19 SUBCONTRACT S The Contractor shall insert in any subcontracts these same "Supplemental General Conditions". S-20 TERMINATION AND DEBARMENT A breach of any one of the-Sections S-15 through S-19 may be considered by the Owner and by the Economic Development Administration as grounds for termination of the contract and for debarment as provided in 29 CFR 5.6. S-21 OVERTIME REQUIREMENTS No Contractor-nor any subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he/she is employed on such work to work in excess of eight hours in any calendar day or in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one-and one-half times his/her basic rate of pay for all.hours in excess of eight @ours in any calendar day or in excess of.forty hours in such workweek, as the case may be. 12 In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in the subsection above, the Contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor, shall be liable to any affected employee for his/her-unpaid wages. In addition, such Con- tractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in.the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or territory,'to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be-computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic employed in violation of the clause set forth above in the sum-of $10-00 for each calendar day onwhich such employee was re- quired or permitted to work in excess of eight hours or in,excess of the. standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime. wages required by the clause set forth above. The Economic'Development Administration may @with- hold or cause to be withheld, from any monies payable on account of work performed by the Con- tractor or subcontractor, such sums as may admin- istratively be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such Contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth above.' The Contractor shall Insert in all subcontracts the clause set forth above in this section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts which they may enter into, together with a clause re- quiring this insertion in any further subcontracts that may in turn be made. S-22 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY No person in the United States shall, on the grounds of race, color, national origin, or sex, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under anv program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance; Reference Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42-USC 2000d) and Section 112 of Public Law 92-65. 13 Form ED-503 The owner and all Contractors, subcontractors, suppliers, lessees and other parties directly participating in the Recipient's roject... agree that during and in connection with tKe associated agreement relating to the federally- assisted program, W they will comply, to the extent applicable, as Contractors, subcontractors, lessees, suppliers, or in any other capacity, with the applicable provisions of 13 CFR 311 and the Regulations of the United States Department of Commerce (Part 8 of Subtitle A of Title 15 of the Code of Federal Regulations) issued pursuant to Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (P. L. 88-352), and will not thereby discriminate against any person on the grounds of race, sex, color, or national origin in their employment practices, in any of their own contractual arrangements, in all services or accommodations which they offer to the public, and in any of their other business opera- tions, (ii) they will provide information required by or pursuant to said Regulations to ascertain compliance with the Regulations and these assur- ances, and (iii) their non-compliance with the nondiscrimination requirements of said Regulations ana these assurances shall constitute a breach of their contractual arrangements with the Owner whereby said agreements may be cancelled, termi- nated.or suspended in whole or in part or may be subject to enforcement otherwise by appropriate legal proceedings.. -Executive Order 11246, 3CFR 339 (1965) (Equal Opportunity Clause). During the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: a. The Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The Contractor shall take affirmative action to ensure the applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Such action shall include,-but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruit- ment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprentice- ship. 14 b. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the Grantee/Borrower setting forth the provisions .of this nondiscrimination clause. c. The Contractor shall, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants shall receive considera- tion for employment without regard to race, colore religion, sex, or national origin. d. A notice to be provided by the Grantee/Borrower shall be sent to each labor union or representa- tive of workers with which he/she has a col- lective bargaining agreement or other contract .of understanding, advising the labor union or workers' representative of the Contractor's commitment under Section 202 of Executive-Order No. 11246 of'September 24, 1965, and copies of the notice shall be posted in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employ- ment. e. The Contractor shall comply with all provisions of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. f. The Contractor shall furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order No. 11246 of .September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his/her books, records, and accounts by the Economic Development Administration and the Secretary of Labor for purpose of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. Each Contractor and subcontractor of federally financed construction work is required to file an Equal Employment Opportunity Employer information Report (EEO-1) on Standard Form 100, annually on March 31. Forms and instructions are available at the EDA Regional Offices. 15 g. In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this. contract or with any such rules, regulation, or orders, this contract may be cancelled, termi- nated, or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for fur- ther Government contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed (and remedies involved) as provided in Executive Order No. 11245 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. h. The Contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs a. through g. in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regula- tions, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 203 of Executive Order No. 11246 of*September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontrac- tor or vendor. The Contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontractor or pur- chase order as the Economic Development Adminis- tration may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance; provided, however, that in the event the Contrac- tor becomes involved in, or is threatened with litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the Grantee/Borrower, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the inter- ests of the United States. i. Exemptions to Above Equal Opportunity Clause (41 CFR Chap. 60): (1) Contracts and subcontracts not exceeding $10,000 (other than Government bills of lading) are exempt. The amount of the con- tract, rather than the amount of the Federal financial assistance, shall govern in deter- mining the applicability of this exemption. (2) Except in the case of subcontractors for the performance of construction work at the site of construction, the clause shall not be re- quired to be inserted in subcontracts'below the second tier. (3) Contracts and subcontracts not exceeding $10,000 for standard commercial supplies or raw materials are exempt. 16 STANDARD FEDERAL EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS (EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246 et seg) As used in these specifications: a. "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted; b. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, United States Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority; C. "Employer identification number" means the Federal Social Security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U. S. Treasury Department Form 941. d. "Minority" 'includes: (i) Black (all person's having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin); (ii) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American or other Spanish Culture or origin, regardless of race); (iii) Asian and Pacific'Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); (iv) American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification). 2. Whenever the Contractor, or any subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a Dortion of the work involving any construction'trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. 17 3.. If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in aHometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all.. work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with that Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors' must be able to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or subcontractor participating in an approved Plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause, and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other Contractors or subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered Contractor's or subcontractor's failure to make good faith efforts to achieve the Plan goals and timetables. 4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in Paragraphs 7a through p of these specifications. The goals set for the Contractor in the solicitation from which this contract resulEed are ex- pressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. The Contractor is expected to take substantially uniform pro- gress toward its goals in each craft during the period specified. 5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agree- ment, nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's obliga- tions under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. 6. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and-trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availa- bility of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor. is 7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment opportunity. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative.action steps at-least as extensive as the following: a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees areassigned to work. -The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall.specifi- cally ensure that all superintendents and ' other on-site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation tomaintain.such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at.such sites or in such facilities. b. Establish and maintain a current list-of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notifica- tion to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. c. Mainta in a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and female off-the- street applicant and minority or female referral from source or community organization a union, a recrui. and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union or, if referred, not em- ployed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefor, along with whatever additional actions-the Contractor may have taken. d. Provide immediate written notification to the Regional Director when the union or unions, with.which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, have not referred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations. 19 e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or. participate in training programs for the area which; expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee*" programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under Paragraph 7b above.. f. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by includ- ing it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement, by publicizing it'in the company newspaperl annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a.year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. g. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with.all employees having any respon- sibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or other employment decisions including specific re- view of these items with onsite supervisory personnel such as Superintendents, Supervisors, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identi- fying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter. h. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, and providing written notification to, and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with, other Contractors and subcontractors with whom the Contractor anticipates doing business. i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and community organizations, to schools with minority and female students and to minoritv and female recruitment and traininq organiza- tions serving the Contractor's recruitment area and 20. em ployment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notifica- tion to organizations such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in,the selection process. j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and, where reasonable, provide after-school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in-other areas of a Contractor's workforce. k. validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3. 1. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and eval- uation of all-minority and female personnel. for promotional opportunitiesand encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appro- priate training, etc., such opportunities. m. Ensure.that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by continually mon- itoring all personnel and employment-related activi- ties to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contrac- tor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegregated except that separate or single-user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including cir culation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business associa- tions. p. Conduct a review, at least annuallyof all supervisors' adherence to and performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations.. 21 B. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or-more of their affirmative action obligations (Paragraph 7a through p). The efforts of,a cont@ractor association, joint contractor-union, contractor-community, or other similar group of which the Contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under Paragraph 7a through p of these Specifications provided that the Contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female workforce participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can pro- vide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Con- tractor. The obligation to comply, howeveri is the Contractor's...and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance.' 9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor, how- ever, is required to provide equal employment oppor- tunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and nonminority. Consequently, the Contrac- tor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a .particular group is employed in a substantially dis- parate manner Ifor example, even though the Contractor has achieved its goals for women generally, the Con- tractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized). 10. The Contractor shall not use t -he goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any personbecause of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. 11. The Contractor shall not enter into any subcontract with any person or firm debarred from Government con- tracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246. 12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including susppnsion, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts 22 as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing regula- tions, by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. 13. The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these svecifications, shall implement specific affirma-. tive action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in Paragraph 7 of these specifi- cations, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8. 14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment-related activity-to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit'reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government and to keep-records. Records shall at least include for each employee the name, address, telephone numbers, construction trade union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and re- trievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records. 15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limita- tion upon the application of other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the applica- tion or requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program). 16. The goals for minority and female participation in each trade will be furnished by the Economic Development Administration of the U. S. Department of Commerce. 23 S-23 OTHER PROHIBITED INTERESTS No official of the Owner who is authorized in such capacity and on behalf of the Owner to negotiate, make, accept or approve, or to take part in nego- tiating, making, accepting, or approving any ar- chitectural, engineering, inspection, construction or material supply contract or any subcontract in connection with the construction of the project, shall become directly or indirectly interested personally in this contract or in any part hereof. No officer, employee, architect,-attorney, engi- neer, or inspector of or for the Owner who is authorized in such capacity and on behalf of the Owner to exercise any legislative, executive, supervisory or other similar functions in connec- tion with the construction of the project, shall become directly or indirectly interested personally in this contract or in any part thereof, any mater- ial supply contract, subcontracti insurance con- tract, or any other contract pertaining to the project. S-24 EMPLOYMENT OF LOCAL LABOR The maximum feasible employment of local labor shall be made in the construction of pub lic works and development facility projects receiving direct Federal grants. Accordingly, every Contractor and subcontractor undertaking to do work on any such project@which is or reasonably may be done as on- site work, shall employ, in carrying out such con- tract work, qualified persons who regularly reside in the designated area where such project is to be located, or in the case of'Economic Development Centers, qualified persons who regularly reside in the center or in the adjacent or nearby redevelcp- ment areas within the Economic Development District, except: a. To the extent that qualified persons regu- larly residing.in the designated area or Economic Development District are not avail- able. b. For the reasonable needs of any such Con- tractor or subcontractor, to employ super- visory or specially experienced individuals necessary to assure an efficient. execution of the contract. 24 c. For the obligation of any such Contractor or subcontractor to offer employment to present or former employees as the result of a lawful collec- tive bargaining contract, provided that in no event shall the number of non-resident persons employed under this subparagraph exceed twenty percent of the total number of employees employed by such Contractor and his/her.subcontractors on s.uch pro- ject. Every such Contractor and subcontractor shall furnish the United States Employment Service Office in the area in which a public works or development facility project is'located with a list of all positions for which it may from-time to time require laborers, mechanics, and other.employees, the esti- mated numbers of employees required in each class- ification, and the estimated dates on which such.: employees will be required. The Contractor shall give full consideration to all qualified job applicants referred by the local em- ployment service, but is not required to employ any job applicants referred whom the Contractor does not consider qualified to perform the classification of work required. The payrolls maintained by the Contractor shall con- tain the following information: The employee's full name, address, and social security number and a notation indicating whether the employee does, or does not, normally reside in the area in which the project is located, or in the case of an Economic Development Center, in such center or in an adjacent or nearby redevelopment area within the.Economic Development Districtlas well as an indication of the ethnic background of each worker. The Contractor shall include the provisions of this condition in every subcontract for work which is, or reasonably may be, done as on-site work. 25 S-25 SIGNS The Contractor shall supply, erect, and maintain a project sign (Exhibit 1) according to the speci- fications set forth below: EDA SITE SIGN SPECIFICATIONS Size: Sign A: 41 x 81 x-1 7/8" Sign B: 41 x 81 x 3/4" Materials: Face: Sign A - 1/4" tempered Masonite Sign B - .3/4" or greater shop sanded (exterior) plywood (one side only) Framing: Sign A 2" x 4" nominal on four sides and center cross bracing Sign.B 2" x 4" center cross brating only Sup2orts: 4" x. 4" x 121 nominal post AssemblX: Sign A: 2" x 4" frame to fit 41 x 81 board with 2" x 4" cross braces --- Sign B: To be mounted directly'to the 4" x 4" post, with cross bracing Mounting: Signs Aand B are to be mounted to the 4" x 411 post with a 3/8" minimum bolt and nut, four on each side of the sign. Each bolt is to have two washers, one between the sign and'the head of the bolt and the other between the post and the nut. Erection: 4" x 4" posts,are to be set three to four feet deep into concrete 12" in diameter. Paint: Face: Three coats outdoor enamel (sprayed) Rear: One coat outdoor enamel (sprayed) 26 Colors: Crimson Red, Stark White and Royal Blue. Speci- fically, white background; "JOBS" in red; "ior your community" in blue; "EDA" logo and "PROVIDED BY EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYERS, in partnership with the U. S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE - Economic Development Administration"@in black. Lettering: Silk screen enamels. Lettering sizes and positioning will be as illustrated. Project signs will not be erected on public highway rights-of-way. Location and height of signs'will be coordinated with the agency responsible for highway or street safety in the area, if any possibility exists for obstruction to traffic line of sight. If, at the end of the project, the sign is reusable, it shall be disposed of as directed by the EDA Regional Office. Whenever EDA Site Sign specifications conflict with State law or local ordinances,the EDA Regional Director may modify such conflicting specifications so as to comply with that State law or local-ordinance. S-26 HISTORICAL AND ARCHEOLOGICAL DATA PRESERVATION ACT OF 1974 The Contractor agrees to facili tate the preservation and enhancement of structures and objects of historical, architectural or archaeological significance and when such items are found and/or un ,earthed during the course of project construction, to consult with the State Historic Preservation Officer for recovery of the items. Reference: National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 (80 Stat 915, 16 USC 470) and Executive Order No. 11593 of May 31, 1971. 27 S-27 CLEAN AIR ACT OF 1970, ET SEQ. AND FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT AS AMENDED BY THE CLEAN WATER ACT OF 1977 The Contractor agrees to comply with Federal clean air and water standards during the performance of this contract and specifically agrees to the follow- ing: a. The term 'liacility" means (a) any building, plant, installation, structure, mine, vessel or other floating craft, location or site of operations; (b) owned, leased, or supervised; (c) by the Contractor and the subcontractors.; (d) for the construction, supply and service contracts entered into by the Contractor; b. that any facility to be utilized in the accomplishment of this contract is not listed on the'Environmental Protection Agency's List of Violating Facilities pursuant to 40 CFR, Part 15. 20; c. that in the event a facility utilized in the accomplishment of this contract becomes listed on the EPA list, this contract may be cancelled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part; d. that it will comply with all the requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act and Section 308 of the Water Pollution Control Act relating to inspection, monitoring, entry, reports, and information, as well as all other requirements specified in Section 114 and Section 308, .respectively, and all regulations and guidelines issued thereunder; e. that it will promptly notify the Government of the receipt of,any notice from the Director, Office of Federal Activities, Environmental Protection Agency, indicating that any facility utilized or to be utilized in the accomplishment of this contract is under consideration for list- ing on the EPA List of Violating Facilities; 28 ,f. that it will include the provisions of Paragraphs a. through g. in every subcontract or purchase order entered into for the purpose of accomplish- Lng this contract, unless otherwise exempted pursuant to the EPA regulations implementing the Air or Water Acts above (40 CFR, Part 15.5), so that such provisions will be binding on each subcon- tractor or vendor; g. that in the event that the Contractor or the sub- contractor for the construction, supply and ser- vice contracts entered into for the purpose of accomplishing this contract were exempted from complying with the above requirements under the provisions of 40 CFR, Part 15.5 (a), the exemption shall be nullified should the facility give rise to a criminal conviction (see 40 CFR 15.20) during the accomplishment of this contract. Furthermore, with the nullification of the exemption, the above requirements shall be effective. The'Contractor shall notify the Government, as soon as the Contractors' or the subcontractors' facility is listed for having given rise to a criminal conviction noted in 40 CFR, Part 15.20. S-28 USYOF LEAD-BASED PAINTS'ON RESIDENTIAL STRUCTURES If the work under this contract involves construction or rehabilitation of residential structures, the Contractor shall comply with the Lead-based Paint Poisoning Prevention Act (see 42 U.S.C. 4831). The Contractor shall assure that paint used on the project on applicable surfaces does not contain lead in excess of the percentages set.forth in Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section. In determining compliance with these standards, the lead content of the paint shall be measured on the basis of the total nonvolatile content of the paint or on the basis of an equivalent measure of lead in the dried film of paint already applied. (a) For paint manufactured after June 22, 1977, paint may not contain lead in excess of 6 one-hundredths of 1 percent (.0006) lead by weight. (b) For paint manufactured on or before June 22, 1977, paint may not contain lead in excess of five- tenths of 1 percent lead by weight. 29 As a condition to receiving assistance under the Act, recipients shall assure that the restriction .against the use of lead-based paint is included in all contracts and subccntracts involving the use of Federal funds. Definitions (1) "Applicable surfaces" are those exterior surfaces which are readily accessible to children under 7 years of age. (2) "Residential structures" means houses, apartments, or other structures intended for human habitation,'o including institutional structures where persons reside, which are accessible to children under 7 years of age, such as day care centers, intermediate and extended care facilities, and certain community facilities. 30 2'p I f Lo cc 2 x 4 W lot 4x4POST 1 2'p SIGN-A ASSEMBLY OF MASONITE SIGN 80 Ln 2 4 Lo 4 4 POST SIGN-B ASSEMBLY OF PLYWOOD SIGN for your unity PROVIDED BY EOLIAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYERS In pdrtnership with the 2c3 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Economic Development Administrdtion 81 SCALE V'= 1' fAk iwi@- 12'MIN. 4' 2 14 5/16" 14 5/1 En G) z 3' MIN. o"640J LL- ko;: o fg, K q. ,6; -P. A.-M. 7 1/2" Rh I v7 1 2 I @K- IjW VA 04 r-Av r-e @1 I AII I 11 .6'.1 j "' , '' - t!,!-.. - . " 3 1/4" ,, I" A 'Tt_1 v V -4-1 1 /2' io. f- n I -TT 1 /4'17 r-) UFN A FN rr- IFIM'. -vI T rt, -T11 r-171 Development /A 4* 2 1/2"- 7 1/2" SCALE SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION I -- GENERAL RSQUIREMENTS (SPECIAL CONDITIONS) 01010 Summary of the Work 01020 Mobiliz ation 01100 Alternatives 01200 Progress and Payment 01300 Sub.mitta.1s 01500 Temporary Facilities Controls 10 SECTION 01010 PAGE I SUMMARY OF THE WORK 01010 GENERAL The work covered by these specifications consists of the construction of water supply and treatment facilities and the rehabilitation of portions of the existing water supply system to achieve an operational water supply system for the City of Seldovia. Major items of work include: 1) Mobilization; 2) Soil and rock excavation (for tank site and for water lines); 3) 3ackfill to 51 min.imum cover.for waterlines; 4) Installation of approximately 3250 linear feet of ductile iron water main, (less deductive alternate if not awarded) including appurtenances; 5) Construction of an approximate capacity 500,000 gallon water storage tank; 6) Construction of a chlorination and valve house for the water supply including chlorinator, piping valves, water supply, electric and heating. 7) Construction of filter house complete, including the installation of strainers, filters, all piping, vent, wiring, finishing and incidental items; All in accordance with the contract documents. 01011 PROTECTION AND COOPERATION The Contractor shall provide devices for the protection of all new construction and materials during the course of construction. 01013 CLEAN-UP After all other work embraced in the contract is completed and before final acceptance of the work, the Contractor shall clean all construction areas and all structures constructed to SECTION 01010 PAGE 2 SUMMARY OF THE WORK standards considered acceptable for the construction industry and to the complete satisfaction of the Contracting Officer or his duly authorized representative. All excess.material and debris shall be removed from the site. Ground surface over trenches shall be restored to original grade and bladed to uniform grades. 01014 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Full payment to compensate the Contractor for all work required by these plans and specifications is provided for in the Unit Price Schedule. No separate payment will be made for work required by Sections 01011 and 01013 hereinbefore. The per- formance of the work shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation or is covered under the contract items set forth in the "Bid for Unit Price Contracts". END OF SECTION 01010 . ........ . SECTION 01020 PAGE I MOBILIZATION 01020 GENERAL This work shall consist of preparatory work and operations, including, but not limited to those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to the project site; for the establishment of all offices, buildings and other facilities necessary for the work on the project, and for all other work and operations which must be performed, or costs incurred, prior to beginning work an %the various items on the project site. It shall be understood that the Contractor's fixed expenses (otherwise chargeable to individ- ual items) are compensated for in full under the mobilization item and that no adjustments will be made in the contract prices for oth.er items due to underruns or overruns in quantity. Fixed expenses shall include the costs involved in preparatory work and operations, including, but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to the project site; for the establishment of all offices, buildings and other facilities necessary for work on the project. 01021 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Bid item 100 is the@mobilization item, paid for in lump sum and no measurement is required. Payment for mobilization under bid item 100 will be made in Partial Payments as follows: 1) When 5 percent of the original contract amount is earned from other bid items, 50 percent of the amount of mobili- zation, or 7.5 percent of the original contract amount, whichever is lesser, will be paid.. 2) When 10 percent of the original contract amount is earned from other bid items, 100 percent of the amount for mobilization, or 15 percent of the original contract amount, whichever is lesser, will be paid. 3) Upon completion of all work on the project, payment of any amount bid for mobilization in excess of 15 percent of the original contract amount will be paid. Nothing herein shall be construed to limit or preclude partial payments such as payment for materials delivered on site otherwise provided for in the contract. END OF SECTION 01 020 SECTION 01100 PAGE I ALTERNATIVES 01100 ALTERNATIVES items of equipment are specified by description, by perfor- mance or by naming at least one model and manufacturer of equipment of suitable characteristics and/or performance. Regardless @,of the method of specifying'items, the Contractor shall furnish seven copies of complete catalog data for each component in all manufactured items and equipment used in the work, including brand names, catalog number, type, performance data, description, rating, capacity, voltage, amperage, pres- sures, material, gauges, etc. This submission shall be compiled and submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer before any of the equipment is ordered by the Contractor. After approval, this catalog data shall become a part of the Contract and may not,be deviated from except upon specHic and written approval of the Engineer. Such approval will not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for deviation from Drawings or Specifications, unless, at the time of sub- mission, he has called, the Engineer's attention to such deviation in writing; nor shall it relieve him from responsi- bility for errors of any sort in the equipment or components. The Contractor shall check the work described by the catalog data with the contract documents for deviations and errors. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of wh ether or not a proposed manufactured item submitted by the Contractor as an alternate to the specified item is acceptable. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to insure that items to be furnished fit the space available and the connections being provided. The Contractor shall make nec- essary field measurements to ascertain space requirements, including those for connections, and shall order such sizes, .shapes and connection arrangements of equipment that the final installation shall suit the true intent and meaning of the Drawings and Specifications. In cases in which connections, anchor bolts, etc., must be modified to conform with the equipment the Contractor proposes to furnish, he shall submit complete drawings of the proposed modification for review and approval of the Engineer. If the Contractor's selection of equipment requires revisions in structural supports, floor loadings, etc., complete design computations shall accompany drawings of the modifications proposed to accommodate the equipment. SECTION 01100 PAGE Z ALTERNATIVES it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to insure that equipment which he proposes to furnish meets the weights, sizes loadings, voltages, or other requirements of equipment specified and in the event that proposed equipment does in any way exceed those requirements, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to call this to the Engineer's attention in writing at the time catalog data is submitted for approval, 01101 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work in this section. The performace of this work shall be considered as a subsid- iary obligation of the Contractor covered under other contract items. END OF SECTION 01100 SECTION 01200 PAGE I PROGRESS & PAYMENT 0)200 PROGRESS AND PAYMENT The Contractor shall, within 15 days of the date of contract award, furnish the Engineer with a detailed schedule of work, showing time.of beginning and completion of all identifiable tasks required to complete the work and a cost breakdown assigning proportions of the contract price to each task. This schedule shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. Upon the Engineer's approval, this cost breakdown shall become the basis for progress payments during the construction period. 01201 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work in this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a sub- sidiary obligation, or is covered under other contract items. END OF SECTION 01200 SECTION 01300 PAGE I SUBMITTALS 0)300 GENERAL -1 DESCRIPTION A. WORK INCLUDED Wherever possible throughout the contract documents the minimum acceptable quality of workmanship and materials has been defined either by manufacturer's name and catalog number or by reference to recognized industry standards. 2. To insure that the specified products are furnished and installed in accordance with design intent, pro- cedures have been established for advance submittal of design data and-for its review and approval or rejection by the Engineer. B. RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE 1. Contractural requirement General Conditions and for submittals: Supplemental General Conditions 2. Individual submittals Pertinent Sections of required: these specifications -2 PRODUCT HANDLING Make all submittals of shop drawings, samples, requests for substitutions, and other items in strict accordance with the provisions of thi-s section of these specifications. 01301 PRODUCTS -1 SHOP DRAWINGS A. SCALE REQUIRED Unless otherwise specifically directed by the Engineer, make all shop drawings accurately to a scale sufficiently large to show all pertinent features of the item and its method of connection to the work. SECTION 01300 PAGE 2 SUBMITTALS S. TYPE OF PRINTS REQUIRED Unless otherwise specifically directed by the Engineer, make all shop drawing prints in blue or black line on white background. C. NUMBER OF PRINTS REQUIRED Submit seven copies of all shop drawings. -2 SA14PLES A. ACCURACY OF SAMPLE Unless otherwise specifically directed by the Engineer, all samples shall be of the precise article proposed to be furnished. B. NUMBER OF SAMPLES REQUIRED Submit all samples in the quantity which is required to be returned plus one which will be retained by the Engineer. -3 COLORS A. GENERAL Unless the precise color and pattern is specificalty described in the contract documents, whenever a choice of color pattern is available in a specified product submit accurate color charts and pattern charts to the Engineer for his review and selection. B. COMPARATIVE ANALYSES Unless all available colors and patterns have identical costs and identical wearing capabilities, and are identically suited for the installation, completely,describe the relative costs and capabilities of each. -4 SUBSTITUTIONS A. ENGINEER'S APPROVAL REQUIRED 1. The contract is based an the materials, equipment, and methods described in the contract documents. SECTION 01300 PAGE 3 SUBMITTALS Z. The Engineer will consider proposals for substitution of materials, equipment and methods only when such proposals are accompanied by full and complete technical data and all other information required by the Engineer to evaluate the proposed substitution. 3. Do not substitute materials, equipment, or methods unless such substitutions have been specifically approved for this work by the Engineer. 8. "OR EQUAL" 1. Where the phrase "or equal" or "or equal as approved by the Engineer" occurs in the contract documents, do not assume that material, equipment, or methods will be approved as equal by the Engineer unless the item has been specifically approved for this work by the Engineer. Z. The decision of the Engineer shall be final. C. AVAILABILITY OF SPECIFIED ITEMS 1. Verify prior to bidding that all specified items will be available in time for installation during orderly and timely progress of the work. 2. In the event specified item or items will not be so available, so notify the Engineer prior to receipt of bids. 3. Costs of delays because of non-availability of specified items, when such delays could have been avoided by the Contractor, will be back-charged as necessary and shall not be borne by the Owner. MANUALS A. GENERAL Where manuals are required to be submitted covering items included in this work, prepare all such manuals in durable plastic binders approximately 8-1/Z by 11 inches in size with at least the following: 1. Identification on, or readable through, the front cover stating general nature of the manual. SECTION 01300 PAGE 4 SUBMITTALS Z. Neatly type-written index near the front of the manual, furnishing immediate information as to location in the manual of all emergency data regarding the installation. 3. Complete instructions regarding operation and maintenance of all equipment involved. 4. Complete nomenclature of all replaceable parts, their part numbers, and name and address of nearest vendor of parts. 5. Copy of all guarantees and warrantees issued. 6. Copy of the approved shop drawings with all data con- cerning changes made during construction. S. EXTRANEOUS DATA Where contents of manuals include manufacturer's catalog pages.. clearly indicate the precise items included in this installation and delete, or otherwise clearly indicate all manufacturer's data with which this installation is not concerned. C. NUMBER OF COPIES REQUIRED Unless otherwise specifically directed by the Engineer, deliver seven copies of the manual to the Engineer. 01302- EXECUTION -1 IDENTIFICATION OF SUBMITTALS Completely identify each submittal and re-submittal by showing at least the following information. A. Name and.address of submitter, plus name and telephone number of the individual who may be contacted for further information. B. Name of project as it appears on each page of these specifications. C. Drawing number and specifications section number to which the submittal applies. SECTION 01300 PAGE 5 SUBMITTALS D. Whether this is an original submittal or re-submittal. COORDI-NATION OF SUBMITTALS A. GENERAL Prior to submittal for Engineer's review, use all means necessary to fully coordinate all material, including the following procedures: 1. Determine and verify all field dimensions and conditions, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data. Z. Coordinate as required with all trades and all public agencies involved. 3. Secure all necessary approvals from public agencies and others and signify by stamp, or other means, that they have been secured. 4. Clearly indicate all deviations from the contract documents. B. GROUPING OF 'SUBMITTALS Unless otherwise specifically permitted by the Engineer, make all submittals in groups containing.all associated items; the Engineer may reject partial submittals as not complying with the provisions of the contract documents. TIMING OF SUBMITTALS A. GENERAL 1. Make all submittals far enough in advance of scheduled dates of installation to provide all required time for reviews, for securing necessary approvals, for possible revision and re-submittal, and for placing orders and securing delivery. 2. In scheduling, allow at least three full working days for the Engineer's review following his receipt of the submittal. S. DELAYS Costs of delays occasioned by tardiness of submittals may be back-charged as necessary and shall not be borne by the Owner. END OF SECTION 01300 SECTION 01500 PAGE I TEMPORARY FACILITIES CONTROL! 01500 GENERAL -1 SCOPE This section includes all temporary facilities and controls, complete. -2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS Refer to General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions for additional items of temporary construction and facilities. 01501 DETAILED REQUIREMENTS -1 TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT UTILITIES All electrical power required by the Contractor to accomplish his construction work shall be provided by the Contractor at his expense. The Contractor shall make all arrangements necessary for electrical power requirements for this contract at his expense, including the necessary conduit and cable required. This contractor shall make whatever arrangements are necessary and pay any expenses required to Homer Electric Association to extend the power line to provide power service to the new chlorination station. -2 TEMPORARY HEAT Furnish by methods approved by the Engineer temporary heat as required to protect materials and work from dampness and cold. -3 DRINKING WATER Drinking water shall be provided by the Contractor at his expense for all workmen associated with this project. -4 TEMPORARY TOILETS The Contractor shall provide temporary toilet facilities for personnel during construction in accordance with State and local sanitation codes. Any temporary enclosures shall be removed prior to final acceptance. -5 JOB TELEPHONE No telephone service will be available at the site. The Contractor shall make whatever provisions are possible for communications at this remote location to meet his requirements. SECTION 01500 PAGE 2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES & CONTRO -6 TEMPORARY DRAINAGE Temporary drainage shall be provided and maintained by the Contractor to keep trenches and foundation excavation essentially free of standing water. Temporary drainage shall also be provided wherever necessary to drain the graded site. -7 HOUSING FOR WORKMEN Housing is limited at Seldovia. The Contractor shall make ail arrangements and pay for housing and subsistence, if required, of the Contractor's employees working on the project. -8 SITE ACCESS A. CITY OF SELOOVIA This semi-remote site will require careful attention to material and personnel logistics. It is particularly important that the Contractor coordinate well in advance his materials shipping schedule with Sea-Land Service, Inc., and the Alaska Sta.te Ferry System, if commercial carriers are to be utilized by the Contractor. -9 CONTRACTOR PROVIDED FUELS The Contractor shall provide all fuels required for the execution of his work in connection with this project. -10 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION Only nominal subsurface exploration has been conducted for this contract. The Contractor shall perform all necessary subsurface exploration deemed necessary for bidding this contract. It is known that excavation for the tank site and chlorination building pipelines to the tank and chlorination site will be in rock. Approximately 50% of the piping from the connection near the airport to the connection near the Seldovia Bridge is expected to encounter rock excavation. -11 MAINTAINING WATER SUPPLY The existing Fish Creek pump station is the emergency supply for Seldovia. That station and the emergency supply line from that station shall be maintained to receive intake water or to discharge pumped water to the new filter station piping until the new filter station has been fully tested and proven to be operational . The filter station shall be installed and be fully operational prior to cutting the water supply piping into the new piping. SECTION 01500 PAGE 3 TEMPORARY FACILITIES & CONTROLS A maximum period of interruption of the gravity water supply shall be 10 hours to allow for the final cut in at the filter station and for the cut in at the water supply tank. The emergency pump station water supply shall be fully oper- ational during the 10 hour,cut over period. The 10 hour period shall include time for pouring and setting of concrete thrust blocks, securing piping by tie rods and other blow out prevention procedures. As soon as the permanent ties are made, the tank and filtration system shall be tested to assure successful operation. All materials shall be on-site and checked before any interruption of water supply is commenced. Only two 10 hour interruptions of gravity supply to Seldovia will be allowed and each interrupt;-n, shall be scheduled so as not to interfere with frish processing operations and, at a time most suitable to Seldovia as determined by the Seldovia City Manager. Careful.placement of thrust bl-ocks and restraining tie rods shall be accomplished to prevent blowout of any of the piping installed. The new 8" and 1011 ductile iron lines are intended to follow along the approximate location of the 10" gravity supply steel line supplying Seldovia. An additional separation of the new lines (up to 201 more) will be allowed if the Contractor is concerned about damage to the existing gravity supply line caused by blasting for new trenches. 16 Any revisions in alignment required shall be proposed by the Contractor, subject to the approval of the Engineer. No disruption of this existing 10" steel line shall occur during construction of the new lines. -12 SURVEYS The Contractor shall accomplish the detailed layout for facilities required by-these plans and specifications, except as follows: The Engineer has provided, as shown on the plans, the horizontal control monuments and a bench mark for vertical control Elevations of the filter building is determined by the ;xisting floor levels. Elevation of the new tank and chlorination building is as required by the plans. 01502 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work in this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation, or is covered under contract items set forth in the "Bid for Unit Price Contracts". END OF SECTION 01500 I I I I TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS I I I DIVISION 2 -- SITE WORK 1 1 02110 Demolition & Blasting i 02210 Earthwork II I I 10 I I I I I I I 0 I I SECTION 02110 PAGE I DEMOLITION & BLASTING 02110 GENERAL -1 SCOPE This section includes all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete all site grading, filling, excavation, etc., for the facilities to be constructed under this contract, and demolition work and rock excavation as specified herein and shown on the drawings. -2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Earthwork Section 02210 02111 DEMOLITION -1 MONUMENTS Carefully maintain bench marks, monuments and other reference points. If disturbed or destroyed, replace as directed by the Engineer. -2. DELETED. -3 Excavated materials'shall be removed as required. Excess excavated materials shall be disposed of adjacent to the site to fill in low areas. 02112 BLASTING-EXPLOSIVES. The handling, storing, transporting and using of explosives shall be in strict accordance with all local and State ordinances and regulations. Particular reference is made to the General Safety Code of the State of Alaska. All blasting charges in populated areas or along thoroughfares shall be covered by mats and heavy timber and other precautions shall be taken to protect adjacent buildings, life, property, the work, sub- surface structures and pavements. Caps and exploders shall not be stored in the same building with dynamite and powder. The approval of the Engineer must be obtained before any blasting is done. The Contractor shall station flagmen along adjacent thoroughfares when blasting, and shall take other safety precautions as the Engineer may direct. Breaking up boulders or rock masses shall be done employing the method of "plastering" and "mudcapping". "Coyote" or "gopher-' hole methods of blasting in the open or on sidehills will not be per- mitted. It is anticipated that carefully controlled blasting may be SECTION 02110 PAGE'2 DEMOLITION & BLASTING required adjacent to the existing gravity waterline to accomplish excavation. The Contractor shall'be responsible for and repair any damage to the 10" steel gravity waterline. 02113 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work in this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation, or is covered under bid items set forth in the "Unit Price Schedule". END OF SECTION 02110 SECTION 02210 PAGE I EARTHWORK 02210 GENERAL -1 SCOPE This work includes the furnishings of all plant, labor, equipment, supplies and materials and performing all oper- ations pertaining to: A. Excavation B. Shoring and Water Control C. Backfill 0. Utility Trenches (water and drainage) -2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Piping and Installation Section 17100 -3 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS The latest revision of the following specifications and standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) and .the American Association of State Highway Officials (AASHO) (including amendments, addenda and errata), but referred 'to hereinafter by basic designation only, form a part of this specification to the extent required by the references thereto: ASTM C-29 Test for Unit Weight of Aggregate ASTM c-88 Test for Soundness of Aggregates by use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate ASTM C-117 Test for Materials Finer than No. 200 Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing ASTM C-127 Test for Specific Gravity and Absorption of Coarse Aggregates ASTM C-128 Test for Specific Gravity and Absorption of Fine Aggregates ASTM C-131 Test for Resistance to Abrasion of Small Size Coarse Aggregate by Use of the Los Angeles Machine ASTM C-136 Test for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM D-423 Test for Liquid Limit Soils ASTM D-424 Test for Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils SECTION 02210 PAGE 2 EARTHWORK ASTM 0-1140 Amount of Material in Soils Finer than the No. 200 Sieve ASTM D-1556 Test for Density of Sol] in Place by the Sand Cone Method AASHO T-180-D Test for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils (Modified Hereinafter) AASHO T-205 Test for Field Determination of Density of Soil In-Place -4 DEFINITIONS A. Subgrade: The subgrade is that material below the leveling course or crushed base course which forms the foundation for slabs, pavement, sidewalks, curbs and gutters, etc. B. Non-Frost-Susceptible Materials: Non-organic soil containing less than 3% by weight of grains smaller than 0.02 mm. C. Fill: Fill is considered to-be material placed above the original or natural ground I ine. D. Backfill: Material placed in an excavated area. E. Unclassified Material: Material consisting of soils composed of gravels, sands, silty sands and poorly graded sand-silt mixtures which are capable of being satisfactorily compacted. All unclassified material should be smaller than 3 inches. F. Unsuitable Material Soils material in the trench which, when excavated and properly protected from the effects of the weather, cannot be satisfactorily used as backfill shall.be classified as unsuitable and removed. Unsuitable material includes sand-clay mixtures, clays, plastic silts, soils with high organic content, brush, stumps, trash, debris, large rocks and boulders and frozen material. G. Suitable Material: Suitable material consists of soils composed of grav;Tls, sands, silty sands, and poorly graded sand-silt mixtures or well graded shot rock which are capable of being satisfactorily compacted. H. Compaction: Tamping by hand or machine to achieve required density in soils. 1. Disposal Site: Any area where waste from construction is placed. J. Excavation: Area or material removed to provide a suitable base.for improvement. SECTION 02210 PAGE 3 EARTHWORK K. Trench: Any excavation for a utility. . M.. Bedding: Ground or supports in which pipe is-laid. -5 REQUIREMENTS A. GENERAL Bids shall be based on the following: 1. That the surface elevations are as indicated and suitable bearing material lies at the bottom of excavation elevation shown on the drawings and noted herein. B. VARIATIONS 1. In the event suitable bearing material is not encountered as anticipated, the provisions of the contract respecting an adjustment for changed conditions shall apply, subject to the notification requirement. 02211 SURVEY AND SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION -1 SURVEY The site drawings are as a result of: A. Spot check survey completed early in June,1979 by Tryck, Nyman & Hayes. B. Only minor subsurface investigation was conducted. However, previous projects in the area have identified the general characteristics of the soils and the rock. The 1979 surveys have shown that except for a 2' to 4' mantle of soil overburden the tank and chlorination building site requires rock excavation. The filter building site subsurface is silty gravel. 02212 EQUIPMENT All equipment, tools and machines used in the performance of the work covered by these specifications shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer, shall comply with applicable rovisions of the safety requirements and shall be maintained in satisfactory working conditions at all times. All state SECTION 02210 PAGE $b_ EARTHWORK -2 Provide sumps at perimeter of excavation with pumps as required. Remove all soft mud or debris before placing backfill, leveling courses, or pouring concrete. Keep all water out of excavations during pouring of concrete. 02215 WEATHER LIMITATIONS Unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer, fill or backfill material, base course and leveling course shall not be placed when the atmospheric temperature is below 35 degrees Fahrenheit, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to protect all areas of completed work against any detrimental effects. Any areas of work not completed in accordance to the plans and specifications that are damaged by weather shall be reconditioned, reshaped and recompacted by the Contractor in conformance with' the requirements of these specifications without additional cost to the Owner. 02216 FILLING AND BACKFILLING -1 MATERIALS A. The source of materials shall be approved by the Engineer. Any change in source of material during construction will require written approval of the Engineer. B. Fill and/or backfill shall contain no muck, frozen material, lumps, roots, sod, organic matter or other deleterious matter or debris deemed unsuitable by the Engineer. It shall have a plasticity index not greater than 6 as determined by ASTM-0424; liquid limit shall not exceed 35. It shall be well graded, non-frost susceptible material consisting of sand, gravel, broken stones or other approved material. It shall contain no stone measured in its maximum dimension larger than 2/3 of the compacted thickness of the lift in which it is to be placed. C. Select backfill shall conform to the above material requirements except that: 1. Gravelly material shall have a coefficient of uniformity greater than four (4) and a coefficient of curvature between one (1) and three (3). SECTION 02210 PAGE EARTHWORK 2. Sandy material shall- have a coefficient of uniformity greater than six (6) and a coefficient of curvature between one (1) and three (3). 3. It shall contain no stone larger than three (3) inches in its maximum dimension. -2 COMPACTION STANDARDS A. The required density of fill or backfill shall be 90% of maximum density to within IZII of the bottom of footing or slab and to 95% of the maximum density for the top 12". Pipe trenches in roadways shall be compacted to 90% of maximum density except for the pipe bedding material and the backfill zone within 12" above the top of the pipe. The areas immediately adjacent to all pipes shall be tamped to provide safe support for the pipe. S. A separate batch of soil shall be used for each compaction test specimen. No material shall be reused. All testing shall be performed by the Contractor in accordance with the current requirements of AASHO Standard Method T-180-0. CONSTRUCTION A. The ground surface shall be cl eared of all debris and organic material. All depressions or holes below the bottom of footing or slab level, whether caused by removal of debris or unacceptable material, or otherwise, shall be backfilled with approved material and compacted to specified density and to a level, uniform surface before the placement of other layers. Prepared surfaces shall be wetted and compacted. B. The specified material shall be constructed at the locations and to the lines and grades indicated on the plans. The material shall be placed and spread uniformly in successive layers not exceeding twelve (12) inches in loose thickness. The layers shall be carried up full width from the bottom of the fill to avoid the necessity of widening the edges after the center has been brought to grade. SECTION 02210 PAGE 7 EARTHWORK Reasonable time shall be provided to the Engineer to make field density determinations prior to placement of successive layers of material. C. Blading, rolling and tamping shall coRtinue until the surface is smooth, free from waves and irregularities, and conforms to elevations shown on the plans. If at any time the material is excessively wet by rain, it shall be aerated by means of blade graders, harrows, or other suitable equipment until the moisture content is satisfactory. The surface shall then be compacted and finished as specified above. D. Control moisture content to provide optimum compaction. E. Compact fill. at exterior walls with mechanical hand tampers to avoid lateral displacement of exterior walls. 02217 UTILITY TRENCHES (WATER AND DRAINAGE) -1 BEDDING MATERIAL Bedding materia I shall be furnished and placed by the Contractor in accordance with the plans and specifications and shall consist of well-graded sand and gravel such that material adjacent to ductile iron pipe shall not contain rocks larger than 3" in greatest dimension. 02218 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES -1 BENCH MARKS Maintain all bench marks, monuments, and other reference points; if disturbed or destroyed, replace as directed at no cost to the Owner. -2 DELETED. -3 DELETE D. 02219 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work in this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation or is covered under bid items 101 through 105 and 201 through 205 of the Unit Price Schedule. END OF SECTION 02210 SECTION 02220 PAGE I ACCESS ROADS 02220 GENERAL The access ro 'ad to the proposed filter bui-lding is a good all-weather road and shall be graded,to all-weather driving after the new filter station is constructed. The existing switchback road to the new water storage tank and chlorinator building site is a minimum quality road that, because of steepness, is well-drained and can be considered accessible for 4-wheel drive vehicles. Grades on this access road range between 10 and 15 percent. After construction of the water tank and chlorinator building, this contractor will be required to restore this road to a driving condition at least equal to that before his construction commenced. This restoration may require several loads of gravel to firm up soft areas. Placement of this gravel shall be considered a subsidiary obligation, the payment for which is included io the unit bid under Items 102 and 105 of the Unit Price Schedule. 02221 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for restoring the access road to the tank and chlorinator building to original all-weather surface since only minor graveling is anticipated. Payment for that work required shall be considered as pai-d for under bid item 102 and 105 of the Unit Price Schedule. Maintenance of the access road to the filter station shall be paid for as a subsidiary obligation under the unit price bid item 101 of the Unit Price Schedule. No additional compensation to the contractor resulting from maintenance of this road and the driveway will be allowed. END OF SECTION 02220 DIVISION 3 -- CONCRETE 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03300 Cast In Place Concrete SECTION 03100 PAGS I CONCRETE FORMWORK 03100 GENERAL -1 SCOPE This section includes all labor and materials to complete construction of concrete forms, complete. -2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Cast in Place Concrete: Section 03300. -3 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS The following specifications and standards of the issues listed in this paragraph (including the amendments, addenda, and errata designated), but referred to hereinafter by basic designation only, form a part of this specification to the extent required by the references thereto. A. AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE (ACI) ACI 347 Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork B. DOUGLAS FIR PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION @OFPW) Bulletin 19-F Performance Data for Structural Plywcad C. U.S. PRODUCT STANDARDS U.S. Products Standard PS-1-66 for Softwood Plywood - Construction and Industrial. -4 REQUIRED SUBMITTALS A. MANUFACTURER'S SUBMITTALS Submit literature describing form ties, form tape, plugs, cones, form release, and form construction for Engineer's approval prior to ordering. B. SHOP DRAWINGS 1. Submit complete shop drawings for formwork for all concrete exposed to the weather and all interior exposed concrete. Show detailed layout of form dimensions, form joint fitting, form sealing and placement, location of openings, dimensioned. location of form ties. Include detailed description of SECTION 03100 PAGE 2 CONCRETE FORMWORK construction method proposed for use, sealing forms between construction joints and finishes of the form surfaces. DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. DELIVERY Deliver materials in unopened, undamaged containers bearing brand and manufacturer's names. B. STORAGE Store materials in manner that will preclude any damage or deteriorlation and afford easy access for inspection and identification of each item. 03101 MATERIALS -1 PLYWOOD FORMS Exterior grade 88 Class I plyw: ood panels conforming to PS 1-66 and grade stamped by American Plywood Association. Minimum thickness: 3/4 inch. -2 METAL FORMS Panels shall have equivalent stiffness to plywood forms and shall be free from surface defects. -3 DIMENSION LUMBER Douglas Fir Coast Region, "Construction" grade. -4 FORM TIES Metal snap-off type acting as spreaders and leaving no metal within 1-1/2" of concrete face. Ties shall have a minimum working strength of not less than 3000 pounds when fully assembled. No wire ties permitted. -5 FORM COATINGS AND PARTING COMPOUNDS Non-grained raising and non-staining type leaving no residual matter on face of concrete or adversely affecting proper bond SECTION 03100 PAGE CONCRETE FORMWORK or other finish. Form coatings containing mineral ails or other non-drying materials will not be permitted. Use specifically formulated coatings for metal forms, to prevent rust stains on concrete. Federal Specification TT-3-001657. 03102 INSTALLATION -1 FORMWORK CONSTRUCTION A. GENERAL The Contractor shall be responsible for engineering design and performance of all formwork. Design formwork for the loads-and lateral pressures outlined in "Recom- mended Practice for Concrete Formwork", ACI-347, and all other loading conditions that may be reasonably imposed. Approval of forms and/or drawings in no way relieves the Contractor of his responsibility for adequately designing, constructing and maintaining the forms so that they will function properly. Construct formwork to shape, lines and dimensions of concrete members, arranged to allow erection in proper sequence and to permit removal without damage to concrete finish. B. SHORING Design and place sharing so the load from successive parts of the structure will be transmitted directly through the false-work to adequate support, without creating bending or shearing stresses in the concrete. C. DELETED. D. DELETED. E. TOLERANCES Construct forms and place concrete to maintain the following tolerances in the,finished concrete work- Variation in plumb: 1/4 inch in 10 feet 3/8 inch in 20 feet 3/4 inch in 40 feet or more Local deviation of surface: 1/8 inch + in 10 feet. SECTION 03100 PAGE 4 CONCRETE FORMWORK Non-accumulative variation from line in horizontal direction: 1/4 inch in 10 feet. Variation in cross-sectional dimensions: For slabs and other members 6" or less in thickenss: Minus 1/8 inch, plus 1/4 inch. For all other members: Plus or minus 1/4 inch. F. DELETED. G. DELETED. H. JOINTS AT PLYWOOD FORMS Construct joints to be tight and smooth, in alignment to avoid formation of fins. Apply vinyl form tape to all panel joints. Arrange joints as shown on approved shop drawings. 1. CORNERS All corners of exposed concrete shall have forty-five degree 3/4" face dimension, smooth chamfered corners unless indicated otherwise. -Z PREPARATION:OF FORM SURFACES A. GENERAL Construct forms tight to prevent leakage of grout or cement paste. Coat plywood forms with approved form sealer. Do not use material which will prevent bond of subsequent work, or adversely affect banding agents, foundation coatings, plaster application, or adhesives used for other work of this contract. B. RELEASE AGENT Apply immediately prior to erection. Release agent to be completely dry before erection. C. CLEANING FORMS Clean forms before reuse. Withdraw projecting nails. Obtain Engineer's approval after each use, and before reusing any form materials. SECTION 03100 PAGE 5 CONCRETE FORMWORK -3 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. 1he sole responsibility for removal of forms and for any resulting structural or finish damage rests with the Contractor. B. Minimum time for forms to remain in place shall be 7 days. Removal of forms shall not be considered before the Engineer receives results of 7-day concrete testing report. C. Shoring for cast in place beams, slabs and retaining walls, shall remain in place until the concrete Z8-day design strength has been developed. D. Exercise care in removing forms to avoid damaging corners and edges of exposed concrete. E. Forms may be reused, unless otherwise specified, provided they are in good condition, thoroughly cleaned and acceptable-to the Engineer. 03103 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS -1 TEST REPORTS The test.ing requirements stated herein or incorporated in referenced documents .. ay be waived, provided certified co pies of reports of tests from approved laboratories performed in previously manufactured materials are submitted and approved. Test reports shall be accompanied by notarized certificates from the manufacturer certifying that the previously tested material is of the same type, quality, and manufactur e as that proposed for the project. -2 NOTIFICATION Notifying Engineer one normal working day (Z4 hours) before closing up forms. 03104 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor covered under other contract items. SECTION 03200 PAGE I CO'NCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03200 GENERAL -1 SCOPE This section includes all labor and materials necessary to complete the installation of concrete and masonry reinforcement. -Z RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS. A. Cast in Place Concrete: Section 03300 B. Unit Masonry: Section 04200 -3 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS The following specifications and standards of the issues listed in this paragraph (including amendments, addenda, and errata designated), but referred to hereinafter by basis designation only, form a part of this specification to the extent required by the references thereto. A. AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE (ACI) ACI-315 Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures. ACI-318 Building Code Requirements for Re4nforced Concrete. B. C,ONCRETE REINFORCING STEEL INSTITUTE (CRSI) A Manual of Standard Practice. C. AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (AWS) Code 012.1: Recommended Practices for Welding Reinforcing Steel, Metal inserts and Connections in Reinforced Concrete Const- ruction. 0. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING & MATERIALS (ASTM) A-6)5 Specifications for Deformed Billet Steel Bars for Concrete. A-185 Specifications for Welded Steel Wire Fabric foF Concrete Reinforcement. SECIION 03200 PAGE Z CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT A-8Z Specifications for Cold Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement. -4 DELETED. -5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. DELIVERY Materials are to be delivered bundled with identification marking tags attached thereto. Do not remove tags until reinforcing is in place. a. STORAGE Store materials under cover, off ground on timbers or platforms. Keep various shapes and sizes separate. 03201 MATERIALS -1 REINFORCING,STEEL Unless otherwise noted, ail reinforcing steel shall be deformed' bars in accordance with ASTM A-615, Grade 40, of the sizes shown on the drawings. Reinforcing steel shall be free from flaking rust, loose scale or coating of any kind. -Z TIE WIRE Reinforcing steel shall be tied in place with fl6 double annealed iron wire. -3 WELDED WIRE FABRIC Welded wire fabric shall comply with AStM A-185, shall be spot welded at all intersections and shall be furnished in flat sheets. Size as shown on drawings. -4 DELETED. -5 DELETED. SECTION 03200 PAGE 3 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03202 FABRICATION -1 GENERAL A. DELETED. B. Fabricate all reinforcing steel in accordance with CRSI handbook, "Reinforcing Concrete; a Manual of Standard Practice", and ACI-315, "Manual of Standard Practice of Detailing Reinforced Structures". 03203 INSTALLATION -1 GENERAL Accurately place and securely support all reinforcing steel to prevent deflection or motion of reinforcing bars during or before casting of concrete. Wire bars at splices and cross points and elsewhere as required to hold them in place with 16 gauge black annealed wire. Reinforcement shall be maintained in proper,position by chairs, bar supports or other approved devices. -2 DELETED. -3 DELETED. -1 RUST PROTECTIIN Contractor'sattention is directed to problem of rust stains on@exposed concrete or other surfaces; a condition which will be rejected by the Engineer as unsatisfactory work. It is suggested that reinforcement, located where it could rust stain other surfaces, be wrapped in impervious.tape. Protec- tive tape materials shall be completely removed and reinforce- ment cleaned as required, prior to proceeding with concrete work. -5 WELDING Welding shall be performed by shielded arc method using coated electrodes. Both method of welding and qualifications for welders shall conform with AWS D12.1. Equipment shall supply proper current and voltage and shall be adjustable to suit arrangement and thickness of base metal. Electrodes shall be of size and type recommended by manufacturer for welds required, and as classified and-recommended per AWS 012.1. SECTION 03200 PAGE 4 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT -6 DELETED. -7 SENDING Bars damaged by field bending shall be exposed and cleaned beyond the damaged area as required to provide a Class C lap splice or tension coupler splice designed for 125% fy. 03204 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS -1 INSPECTION Before any concrete is placed in any given portion of the structure, the placing of reinforcing steel shall be checked. Any errors or discrepancies shall be corrected before concrete is placed. 03205 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor covered under other contract items. END OF SECTION 03200 SECTION 03300 PAGE I CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 03300 GENERAL -1 SCOPE This section includes cast in place concrete construction, complete. -Z RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Concrete Reinforcement: Section 03200 B. Earthwork: Section 02200 C. Miscellaneous Metal: Sect.ion 05500 D. Waterproofing: Section 7100 -3 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS The following specifications and standards of the issues listed in this paragraph (including the amendments, addenda, errata designated), but referred to hereinafter by basic designation only, form a part of this specification to the extent required by the references thereto. A. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) C-94 Ready Mixed Concrete- C-33 Concrete Aggregates C"150 Portland Cement C-Z60 Air Entraining Admixtures for@Concrete D-1850 Concrete Joint Sealer, Cold Application Type C-494 Chemical Admixtures for Concrete B. AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE (ACI) ACI-301 Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings ACI-318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete SECTION 03300 PAGE 2 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE ACI-613 Recommended Practice for Selecting Proportions for Concrete ACI-614 Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing -4 DELETED. and Placing Concrete -5 ;ELIVERY AND STORAGE A. DELIVERY Deliver all small items and cement in manufacturer's unopened containers with manufacturer's labels attached thereto. Handle materials to avoid damage or deter- ioration or breaking of containers. B. STORAGE All containerized materials and cement shall be stored to avoid deterioration and damage which might be caused by freezing, moisture or other conditions. Store bagged cement on platforms off ground. Handle and store coarse and fine aggregate separately in a mannerLto prevent intrusion of foreign material. 03301 MATERIALS -1 CEMENT Cement shall be-Type 1, conforming with ASTM C150. Cement for exposed concrete surfaces shall be from the same mill. One brand shall be used for all work. Brand shall have a proven history of successful use with proposed aggregates. -2 AGGREGATE Aggregate-for exposed concrete surfaces shall conform to ASTM C-33 as herein modified. Approved aggregates shall be used throughout the work and no substitution shall be made without written approval from the Engineer. SECTION 03300 PAGE 3 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE A. COARSE AGGREGATE Coarse aggregate shall consist of clean hard, durable particles of close grained crushed rock, gravel, or crushed gravel and shall be free from injurious amounts of soft friable, thin, elongated, or laminated particles, loam, organic or other deleterious matter and shall have a specific gravity of not less than 2.65. Two sizes of coarse aggregate shall be used, namely 1/4 inch to 3/4 inch, and 1/4 inch to 1-1/2 inches. These aggregates shall be sorted separately at the mixing plant. Coarse aggregates shall be durable and well graded between size limits as required by ASTM C-33. B. FINE AGGREGATES Fine aggregates shall be a natural sand consisting of well shaped hard durable grains. It shall contain not more than Z% of silt and clay by weight and be free of detrimental amounts of alkali, mica, weak particles, injurious organic matter, or other deleterious material. Fine aggregates shall be well graded within the following limits: Sieve Passing 1/4 inch screen 100 No. 8sieve 75 - 95 No. 16 sieve 45 - 75 No. 30 sieve Z5 - 45 No. 50 sieve 10 - 25 No. 100 sieve 2 - 9 No. ZOO sieve 2% maximum Fineness modulus shall not be greater than 3.1. The average of the quantities passing the No. 6 and No. 16 sieves shall be not less than 63 percent. The use of bank sand, fine river sand or any other uniformly graded sand will not be permitted. Specific gravity shall be not less than Z.60. -3 ADMIXTURES A. AIR ENTRAINING,ADMIXTURE An approved retarding admixture conforming with ASTIM C- Z60 shall be used in all cast in place concrete. @Grace Construction Material's Darex or equal). SECTION 03300 PAGE 4 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE a. Admixtures may be used to improve concrete workability and/or reduce water quantities below the specified maximum of 6 gallons per sack of cement. Acceptable admixtures include Pozzolith 30ON by Master Builders, Inc., or WROA with HYCOL by W. R. Grace Company. A maximum of 3 ounces per sack of cement shall be@added to maintain specified maximum water quantities and/or to improve workability. Increases in maximum water amounts per sack of cement will not be permitted to improve workability. Decreases in minimum cement content will not be permitted in any case. -4 BONDING AGENT Conrad Sovig Co., Inc.'s "Cemlok" 'Grace Construction Materials "Daraweld-C"' , or app roved equal. -5 EPOXY NON-STAINING CEMENT GROUT Master Builder's "Embeco", Sonneborn "Ferrolith" or approved equal. -6 WATER Water shall be clean, fresh, free from acid alkali, organic matter and other injurious impurities detrimental to concrete. -7 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL INSERTS ASTM A-36, Structural Steel. 03302 PROPORTIONING AND MIXING -1 CONCRETE MIXES A. Cast in place concrete shall be regular weight concrete (approximately 150 lb/cu.ft.) with the following requirements. Min. 28 Day_ Min. Cement Max. Size Strength Content Aggregate (psi) (sacks) (inch) 3,000 6 1-1/2 SECTION 03300 PAGE 5 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE B. Slump Limits: Z inches to 4 inches. (Two (2) inches maximum for slabs]. Per ASTM C-143 Test Method. C. Air Entrainment: 5% + I%. D. Admixtures shall be strength recommended by approved manufacturer but shall not cause retardation greater than 1-1/2 hours considering atmospheric conditions at time of placing concrete. E. Water content shall not exceed 6 gallons per sack of cement used. Z GROUT Cement grout shall be proportioned by volume: I part sand, I part portland cement and minimum of water, consistent with placing requirements. Minimum strength 4000 psi at 28 days. -3 CONCRETE MIXING All concrete mixes shall be proportioned by the methods given in ASTM 613, Recommended Practices for Selecting Proportions for Concrete. Proper adjustments shall be made when the aggregates are dry or inundated. The cement and aggregate shall be mixed in such proportions as to be sufficiently workable, to produce a uniform dense concrete without seg- regation and to be,of the minimum strength specified. The approved proportions as determined by the Engineer shall be maintained throughout the project unless variations in ag- gregate shall vary sufficiently to affect the proportions, then additional tests shall be made and new proportions determined. 03303 PLACING CONCRETE -1 PREPARATION FOR PLACING A. Cold Weather Requirements: In cold weather, reinforcing, forms or ground which concrete will cointact must be comp.)etely free,of frost. Do not mix or place concrete SECTION 03300 PAGE 6 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE temperature is below 40*F. nor when ite temperature will fall below 40'F. Maintain concrete temperature, when ,t less than 60*F. The use of Calcium )t be permitted. ,f depressed conditions for suitability rethod of surfacing to be applied over ind debris from places to receive concrete. nt for mixing and transporting concrete. shed surfaces adjacent to areas where concrete red. e to membranes and moisture barriers. wet subgrade under slabs an grade where no lers occur prior to pouring, do not puddle. ieer- at I east 48 hours not ice before each pour ction. 'TE concrete in a continuous operation between -mined construction joints. Transport rapidly to IF deposit, avoiding separation, displacement of cing, damage to membranes, rehandling, flowing or up in forms. Do not drop freely when reinforcing segregation. Use elephant trunks or other devices ,roved when free fall is 8 feet or greater. Chuting permitted. Do not support runways on reinforcing Make slabs level except where specifically noted sloped; in all cases, make slabs true to plane. :on.tractor shall exercise caution when placing .rete for slabs with welded wire fabric. The@fabric Inment and position shall be maintained by both supports by continual adjustment of depressed portions caused concrete placement or Contractor operations. SECTION 03300 PAGE 7 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE B. Thoroughly tamp and mechanically vibrate with approved tools or-machines. Do not spread concrete with vibrator or attach vibrators to forms or reinforcing. Augment vibrating in wells to prevent formation of honeycombing. Keep s.urface of all concrete level while depositing. C. Do not place retempered concrete or concrete that is partially hardened or has been contaminated by form materials. 0. Depositing under water will not be permitted. E. Keep record of concrete placing including date and time of placing,. location in structure, type of mix and quantity of concrete placed. F. Construction joints shall be cleaned and roughened by sandblasting with coarse silica sand. Wire brush adjacent interior surfaces of forms to remove splashed concrete and retighten forms as necessary. Sat,urate surface of horizontal construction joints with water and cover with layer of grout 4" thick in walls.and-columns.. Slush surfaceof vertical construction joints with coating of grout. Use grout which contains same proportion of sand and cement as used in concrete Plus maximum of 50% of coarse aggregate. Grout shall have.maximum slump of 6". Place new concrete not more than 15 minutes after grout has been placed. G. Construction Tolerances: Linear Dimension:- 1/4 inch. Local Deviation in Surface: Not more than 1/8 inch plus or minus 10 feet from true plane. All others per ACI-347. 03304 CURING -1 GENERAL Keep all slab surfaces continuously damp for a period of 7 days after depositing. Concrete shall be protected adequately SECTION 03300 PAGE 8 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE from injurious action by the sun, rain, flowing water, and mechanical injury, and shall not be allowed to dry out from the time it is placed to the expiration of the minimum curing periods specified hereinafter. Water curing shall be accomplished by keeping the surface of the concrete continuously wet by covering with water or with an approved water saturated covering, by leaving the forms in place, or by spraying. All water used for curing shall be clean, fresh water. Where wood forms are left in place for curing, they shall be kept sufficiently damp at all times to prevent opening at the joints and drying out of the concrete. All portions of the structure shall be kept moist for the full curing period specified. Provide for curing on weekends and holidays. -Z CURING MATS. Install curing mats, consisting of a 10 ounce layer of burlap on each face-and a IZ ounce per square yard center padding, meeting the requirements of ASTM C-440 as soon as the concrete is hardened sufficiently to prevent marking of the surface during the installation. Soak the curing mats frequently with water. -3 DELETED. -4 COLD WEATHER REQU I REMENTS Provide adequate equipment for heating the concrete materials and protecting the concrete-during freezing or near-freezing weather. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice. All concrete materials and all reinforcement, forms, fillers and ground with which the concrete is to come in contact, shall be free from frost. All concrete placed in forms shall have a temperature of between,50*F. and 70*F. and adequate means shall be provided for maintaining this temperature for as much more time as is necessary to insure proper curing of the concrete. The housing, covering or other protection used in connection with curing shall remain in place and intact at least 24 hours after the artificial heating is discontinued.. No salt or other chemicals shall be used for the preventing of freezing. SECTION 03300 PAGE 9 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 03305 DEFECTIVE WORK AND CRACK REPAIR -1 OEFECTIVE WORK Under-strength concrete, concrete out of line, level, or plumb or showing objectionable cracks, honeycomb rock packets, voids, spalling, exposed reinforcing, ate., shall be repaired or@removed and replaced as directed by the Engineer at no expense to the Owner.. 03306 CONCRETE FINISHES -1 All concrete floors shall receive a steel trowel finish. The slab is to be compacted, screeded, tamped and floated. After floating to a true surface, the slab shall be steel trowe-Iled to a uniform, true, smooth surface. 03307 EMBEDDED ITEMS All miscellaneous items shall be installed as recommended by their respective manufacturer or as shown on the drawings. 03308 CLEANING At the completion of concrete work remove all debris and rubbish resulting from work under this Section from the site. 03309 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS -1 CONCRETE TESTS A. Contractor will furnish maids for testing by the Engineer. B. Cylinders will be stored at job site 24 hours in a specially prepared wooden storage box before delivery to testing laboratory or to the engineer for on-the-job test breaks. Contractor to provide wooden box and a safe storage area. SECTION 03300 PAGE 10 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE C. Tests will be taken at the rate of not more than one test for each 50 cubic yards of concrete, or fraction thereof. in any event, not less than one test for each individual pour unless requirement is waived by the Engineer. 03310 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work in this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor covered under other contract items. END OF SECTION 03300 I I I I I i DIVISION 4 -- MASONRY I iT I i i 04100 Mortar I :@@ .0 ! 04200 Unit Masonry I , I I I I 0. - I I I I I .I I SECTION 04100 PAGE I MORTAR o41oo GENERAL -1 SCOPE The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, supplies and performing all operations necessary to complete application of mortar work as shown on the drawings or specified herein. -Z RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Unit Masonry: Section 04200 B. Painting: Section 09900 C. Vapor Barrier: Section 07100 0. Installation: Section 04ZO3 -3 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS The following specifications and standards of the issues listed below (including the amendments, addenda, and errata) but referred to thereafter by basic designation only, form a part of this specification to the extent required by the references thereto. A. Federal Saecifications SS-C-19Z Cement, Portland SS-A-281B(l) Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete B. American Society for Testing & Materials (ASTM) C-5 Quicklime C-Z07 Hydrated Lime -4 DELETED. -5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. DELIVERY Deliver manufactured materials in unopened containers with manufacturer's labels attached thereto. SECTION 04100 PAGE 2 MORTAR B. STORAGE Store packaged materials above ground in a dry location to prevent intrusion of water. Store bagged cement on platforms off ground. Handle aggregates,separately to prevent intrusion of foreign or deleterious materials. 04101 MATERIALS -1 LIME Quicklime-shall conform with ASTM Spec. C-5. Hydrated lime shall conform with ASTM Spec. C-207. Lime shall be Type 5. -2 PORTLAND CEMENT Portland Cement shall conform with ASTM C-150 and shall be Type I non-staining, without air entrainment and of natural color or white to produce the required color of grout. Cement shall conform with Federal Specification SS-C-192. Type III high early strength Portland Cement may be used to reduce portection requirements for laying masonry in cold weather. -3 WATER Water-shall be clear, fresh, free from acid, alkali, organic matter or other injurious impurities detrimental to concrete. 4 FINE AGGREGATE Fine aggregate shall be natural sand or prepared stone sand complying with Federal Specification SS-A-ZI8B, Class 1, suitable for intended use. Fine aggregate shall conform to the following sieve analysis by weight. The use of local sand of suitable gradation shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. PERCENTAGE OF WEIGHT PASSING SQUARE MESH SIEVE Sieve Desi gnation #4 #16 #50 #100 95 to 100% 45 to 80% 10 to 30% 2 to 10/00' Aggregate shall be free from salts, alkali, organic or harmful materials. SECTION 04100 PAGE 3 MORTAR -5 MASONRY CEMENT Cement shall comply with ASTM C-91, Type 11, non-staining, with 12% maximum air content by volume. -6 DELETED -7 ADDITIVE FOR DIRT AND MOISTURE.RESISTANCE OF MORTAR Additives shall be ammonium stearate, aluminum'ni-stearate or calcium stearate. ADDITIVE FOR NON-SHRINK GROUT Additive shall be metallic aggregate prepared and graded to counteract shrinkage and reduce permeability of Portland Cement grout. Material shall be "vibrafoll" as manufactured by W. R. Grace or approved equal. -9 COMMERCIAL CEMENT GROUT Material shall be compound of Portland Cement and additives factory blended to decrease shrinkage and increase moisture resistance. Material shall be "Hydroment Joint Filler" as manufactured by the Upco Company or approved equal. -10 GENERAL Changes in source or brand@ of masonry mortar or grout materials or mix designs during the course of the work shall not be made. Freezing point of mortar shall not be lowered by use of admixtures or antifreeze agents. Calcium chloride shall not be used. 04102 MIXES -1 MORTAR MIXES A. MORTAR FOR UNIT MASONRY Comply with ASTM C-270 Proportion Specifications, except limit materials to those specified herein, and limit cement/lime ratio (by volume) as follows: T'ype M Not more than 1/4 part lime per part of Portland cement. SECTION 04100 PAGE 4 MORTAR Type S: Not more than 1/2 part lime per part of Portland cement. Type N: Not more than I part lime per part of Portland cement. In lieu of above, Type.11 masonry cement may be used. Grout shall have a 28 day strength of ZOOO psi. B. STEARATE ADDITIVE Add to mix in amount equal to not more than 3% of the cement weight. Z GROUT AND SETTING BED MIXES A. CEMENT SETTING BED Mix one part of Portland cement with Z parts of damp setting bed sand. Use water to dampen sand, if required, but do not add to the mix. B. NON-SHRINKING GROUT FOR FLOORS AND PAVEMENTS Proportion and mix Portland cement, non-shrink grout additive and sand to comply with the requirements of the additive manufacturer's printed instructions. C. COMMERCIAL CEMENT GROUT FOR FLOORS AND PAVEMENTS Mix in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions, adding only those,ingredients specifically required i.n the instructions. 04103 iNSTALLATION Refer to Section 04ZOO for installation. 04104 QUALITY ASSURANCE-PROVIStONS -1 TEST AND TEST REPORTS The testing requirements stated herein or incorporated in SECTION 04100 PAGE 5 MORTAR referenced documents may be waived, provided certified copies of reports of tests from approved laboratories performed in previously manufactured materials be submitted and approved. Test reports shall be accompanied by notarized certificates from the manufacturer certifying that the previously tested material is of the same type, quality, and manufacture as that proposed for the project. -2 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS The Contractor shall furnish cylinder forms-and other necessary tools for testing and sampling. Under the supervision of the. Owner's representative, he shall take test cylinders and make slump tests. For each grout pour or each day's pour, whichever is less, there shall be a minimum of three cylinders taken and cured for breaking after seven days and Z8 days. The Contractor at his expense shall cure, crate and transport all test cylinders to an approved laboratory. The Contractor shall pay all laboratory costs for breaking test cylinders or for mailing any other laboratory tiests or analysis. Two certified copies of each test or analysis shall be furnished to the Engineer. The same laboratory shall be used throughout the project. Contractor shall be entirely responsible for obtaining strengths indicated and shall guarantee that concrete will be of suitable density 'and meet-minimum strength requirements. Number each cylinder set, IA, 18, IC and ZA, 2B, ZC, etc.; date each set and keep accurate records of extent of pour represented by each set. Cure@and test cylinders per ASTM C31. Compression tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C39. Shrinkage tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM 157. If laboratory tests of specimen cylinders show compressive stresses below the minimum, core samples shall be taken at the Engineer's direction and shall be paid. for by the Contractor. If test indicates care specimen is below the specified strength, remove all defective masonry work and replace with new work meeting required strength, including repair or replacement of other work damaged by correcting defective concrete at contractor's expense. -3 NOTIFICATION Notify Engineer 48 hours prio.r to pouring grout. 0 SECTION AM PAGE 6 MORTAR 04105 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation or is covered under bid items 101 101 and.102 of the Unit Price Schedule. END OF SECTION 04100 SECTION 04ZOO PAGE I UNIT MASONRY 04200 GENERAL -1 SCOPE The work covered by this section consists of furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, supplies, and performing all operations necessary to complete the masonry work as shown in the drawings and specified herein. -2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Mortar: Section 04100 B. Concrete Reinforcement: Section 03200 C. Painting: Section 09900 D. Cast-in-Place Concrete: Section 03300 -3 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS The following specifications and standards of the issues listed below (including amendments, addenda, and errata) but referred to thereafter by basis designation only, form a part of this specifica.tion to the extent required by the references thereto. A. American Society for Testing 6 Materials (ASTM) C'-90 kollow Load-Searing Concrete Masonry Units C-140 Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units -4 DELETED -5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. DELIVERY Deliver materials suitably protected to avoid damage. B. STORAGE Store materials off ground to avoid damage and keep covered to maintain materials dry. Segregate different unit masonry types. Protect materials from wetting by snow, rain or ground water and against soilage@or inter- mixture with earth or other types of materials. SECTION 04ZOO PAGE 2 UNIT MASONARY 04201 MATERIALS -1 CONCRETE BLOCK Concrete masonry wall units shall be sand and gravel block 8" x 1611 nominal face dimension by the thickness necessary to carry loads. Units shall comply with ASTM C-90 Specifications Type A Grade block. Blocks shall also comply with ASTM C-140- 56, Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units for a minimum 30% retained moisture when laid. The manufacturer shall provide certification of moisture content of block when delivered. Exposed faces shall be free-from chips, cracks or other imperfections. Not more than 5% of a shipment may contain slight cracks or small chips larger than 1/2". Provide bond beam block, corner units, ends, etc., as detailed and required. -2 GROUT Grout: Class B concrete, coarse aggregate, size 7, ASTM C-33, with maximum slump of 8" - f'c-ZOOO psi. 04202 PROTECTION AND SELECTION -1 COLD JOB PROTECTION Protect in-place masonry construction when the temperature of the surr ounding air is below 40*F WC) as follows: A. Average daily air temperature 40* to 320F (40 to OOC): Protect masonry from rain or snow for 24 hours after erection. B. Average daily air temperature 320 to 25* (0* to -4'): Cover masonry for Z4 hours after erection. C. Aver age daily air temperature 25* to ZO*F k-4* to -7*C): 1. Provide heat sources on both sides of masonry construction. Z. Provide wind breaks for wind.velocity in excess of 15 mph. SECTION 04200 PAGE Unit Masonary 3. Cover masonry with insulating blankets for 24 hours after erection. D. Average daily air temperatures below 2O*F (-7*C): 1. Provide enclosures and heat to maintain air temperature above 32*F (O*C). Z. Maintain constructed masonry temperature above 32*F (O*C) for Z4 hours after erection with enclosures and supplemental heat. -2 FROZEN WORK Do not build on frozen subgrade or setting beds. Remove and replace masonry work damaged by frost or freezing. Normal weathering of masonry will be acceptable, provided other conditions and activities do not interfere and result in an unacceptable condition. -3 FROZEN MATERIALS Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. -4 PROTECTION Protect partially completed masonry against weather when work is not in progress, by covering top of walls with strong, waterproof, non-staining membrane. Extend membrane at least V-O" down both sides of walls anZI anchor securely in place. -5 SELECTION Do not use metal reinforcing or ties having loose rust or other coating including, i.e., which will reduce or destroy bond. Use no masonry units with chips, cracks, voids, dis- colorations or other defects which might be visible or cause staining in the finished work. SECTION 04200 PAGE 4 UNIT MASONARY 04203 INSTALLATION -1 GENERAL A. CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES 1. VARIATION FROM PLUMS For lines and surfaces of columns, walls and/or rises do not exceed 1/4" in 10'. 2. VARIATION OF LINEAR LINE For position shown in plan, do not exceed 1/2" in ZOI maximum, nor 3/411 in 401 or more. 3. VARIATION IN CROSS SECTIONAL DIMENSIONS For thickness of walls from dimensions shown do not exceed minus 1/4" nor plus 1/2". B. WETTING OF MASONRY UNITS Do not wet concrete masonry units. C. CUTTING MASONRY UNITS Cut masonry units with motor driven saw equipment designed to cut masonry with clean, sharp unchipped edges. Cut units as required to provided pattern shown and fit adjoining work neatly. Use full units without cutting wherever possible. Where cutting is required use the largest size masonry units possible and avoid the use of small pieces of masonry or large mortar areas. 0. MORTAR AND GROUT Use Type S mortar only. Do not use mortar or grout which has begun to set or if more than Z-1/2 hours has elapsed since.initial mixing. Retemper mortar during the 2-1/2 hour period as-required to restore workability. _Z CONCRETE BLOCK A. LAYING OUT WALLS Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint widths and to properly SECTION 04200 PAGE 5 UNIT MASONARY locate openings, movement-type joints, returns and off- sets. Avoid the use of less than half size units at corners, jambs and wherever possible at other locations. Lay up walls plumb and true to comply with tolerances specified above and with courses level, accurately spaced and coordinated with other work. Reinforce partitions and anchor to structure as shown on the structural drawings. B. MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING Lay concrete block units with full mortar coverage on all horizontal and vertical face shells and also bed all webs in mortar. Maintain. joint widths shown except for minor variations required to maintain bond alignment if not otherwise shown lay walls with 3/8" joints. Too] exposed joints with a raked joint. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or sealants where shown. Remove masonry units disturbed after laying; clean and relay in fresh mortar. If adjustments are required, remove all units, clean off mortar, and reset in fresh mortar. C. STOPPING AND RESUMING WORK Rack back block length in each course; do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry. D. BUILT IN WORK As the work progresses, build in items specified under this and other sections of these specifications. Fill in solidly around built.in items. Fill space between hollow metal frames and masonry solidly with mortar. Where built-in items are to be embedded in coves of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into cove. E. REiNFORCING AND GROUT Place reinforcing as detailed. Grout full all cells containing bars and as noted or detailed. Compact grout by shaking the bars. Maximum height of grout-pour shall be 4' without prior approval. SECTION 04ZOO PAGE 6 UNIT MASONARY REPAIR POINTING AND CLEANING A. REPAIR Remove and replace all concrete block units which are loose, chipped, broken, stained or otherwise damaged, or if units do not match adjoining units as intended * Provide new units to match adjoining units and install in fresh mortar or grout, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. POINTING During the tooling of joints, enlarge any voids or holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point up all joints at corners, openings and adjacent work to provide a neat, uniform appearance, properly prepared to receive water proofing or paint as scheduled and specified. C. CLEANING 1. CONCRETE MASONRY After,mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean sample wall area of concrete masonry of approx- imately 20 square feet as specified below. Obtain Engineer's approval of sample cleaning prior to proceeding to clean the rest of the masonry work. Approved sample section shall serve as a standard for, remainder of cleaning work. 2. DRY CLEAN Dry clean to remove large@particles of mortar using wood paddles and scrapers. Use chisel or wire brush as required. WASHING Presoak wall by saturating with water and flush off loose mortar and dirt. Scrub down wall with shift fiber brush and solution of 1/2 cup of trisodium phosphate and 1/2 cup of household detergent dissolved in one gallon of water. Rinse walls by washing off all cleaning solution dirt and mortar crumbs using clean, pressurized water. SECTION 04200 PAGE 7 UNIT MASONRY o42o4 QUALITY ASS URANCE PROVISIONS -1 TEST REPORTS Certified copies of reports of tests from approved laboratories performed in previously manufactured materials shall be submitted and approved. Test reports shall be accompanied by notarized certificates from the manufacturer certifying that the previously tested material is of the same type, quality, and manufacture as that proposed for the project. 04205 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work in this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor, or is covered under bid items 101 and 102 of the Unit Price Schedule. END OF SECTION 04200 DIVISION 5 METALS Structural Metal 05100 05500 Miscellaneous Metals SECTION 05100 PAGE I STRUCTURAL METAL 05100 GENERAL. -1 SCOPE The work includes the furnishing of all plant, labor, equip- ment, supplies and materials, and performing all operations necessary to complete structural metal work as shown on the drawings or noted herein. -2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Concrete Reinforcement: Section 03200 B. Cast-in-Place Concrete: Section 03300 C. Miscellaneous Metal: Section 05500 D. Painting: Section 05900 -3 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS The following specifications and standards of the issues listed below (including the amendments, addenda, and errata) but referred to thereafter by basic designation only, form a part of this specification to the extent required by the references thereto. A. FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS TT-P-645 Zinc Chromate Primer TT-P-86 Paint, Red-Lead-Base, Ready-Mixed S. AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION (AISC) Manual of Steel Construction, Latest Edition C. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) A6 Delivery of Steel A36 Structural Steel A53 Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe A123 Zinc (hot galvanized) coatings on products. Fabricated, rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strip. SECTION 05100 PAGE Z STRUCTURAL METALS A307 Baits, Nuts and Washers A328 Steel Sheet Piling A3b6 Zinc coatings an assembled steel products AN5 High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints A490 Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Bolts for Structural Steel Joints D. AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (AWS) AWS 01.0 Welding in Building Construction -4 SUBMITTALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS Submit complete drawings for Engineer's approval for all items. Show dimensions, details, and necessary accessory items. Verify dimensions, correlate-with adjoining work. Fabrication shall not commence until approval has been received. -5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Provide necessary support while transporting and handling to prevent damage. a. STORAGE Store on supports above ground to prevent bending and rusting.. Structural metal to be exposed as a finished material shall be stored in a dry, well ventilated space. 05101 MATERIALS -1 STRUCTURAL STEEL Structural s-teel shall be ASTM A-36. Design, fabrication and erection shall be in accordance with thelatest edition of AISC Specifications for Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel. Pipe columns shall conform with ASTH A-53, Grade B, yield stress 35,000 psi. SECTION 05100 PAGE 4 STRUCTURAL METAL 2. All surfaces of structural steel shall be given one shop coat of paint immediately after cleaning except those completely buried in concrete or galvanized. 3. Paint shall be applied in a full heavy coat, evenly applied and well worked into joints and open spaces. Surfaces to receive paint must be dry. Paint shall be zinc chromate primer per TT-P-645. 4. Parts inaccessible after assembly shall be given a second coap of shop paint. Tint the second coat a slightly different shade to distinguish from the first. 5. Exposed parts of bolts used in assembly shall be prime coated. S. TOUCH-UP PAINTING After erection, prime coat all field bolt heads, nuts and washers, field welds, and touch up all abrasions in the shop coat. Use same paint as used for shop coat. -3 GALVANIZING Comply with ASTM A-123 for zinc coatings applied on products fabricated from rolled or pressed steel shapes, plates, bars and strips. ASTM A-386-65 for zinc coatings on assembled steel products. Weight of coatings per Table I for class and thickness of material to be coated. Except for bolts, nuts, galvanize after fabrication. Coat all steel items where indicated on therdrawings and all exposed exterior structural stee-1 unless otherwise noted. -4 FABRICATION A. Anchor bolts, plates, grillage, and other items of mis- cellaneous steel furnished under this section and scheduled for embankment in concrete or masonry shall be furnished to the respective trades for installation at the proper time. Include instructions and/or templates for installation of all such items. B. Where required or advisable, field measurements shall be taken to verify the work of others. C. Fabricate and assemble structural steel in shop to greatest extent possible without detriment to handling, transporting, and erection. SECTION 05100 PAGE 3 STRUCTURAL METAL -2 BOLTS Bolts shall conform to ASTM A-307. Where expansion bolts and anchors are shown, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a sample of the anchor to be used with laboratory date of pullout and shear strength. Where specifically shown use bolts conforming to ASTM A-325 and tighten as noted on drawings. -4 WELDING All welding operations shall conform with American Welding Society Code 01.0 for Arc and Gas Welding in Building Con- struction. 05102 FABRICATION, ERECTION AND WORKMANSHIP -1 CONNECTION Make connections by methods indicated on drawings. Field connections not shown shall be bolted or welded frame beam connections per,the American Institute of Steel Construction Manual, latest edition. -2 PAINTING A. SHOP COATING 1. Steel shall be cleaned by power wire brush, or blasted, to remove all dirt, rust, mill scale, splatter, slag or flux deposit, oil or other foreign matter. SECTION 05100 PAGE 4 STRUCTURAL METAL 2. All surfaces of structural steel shall be given one shop coat of paint immediately after cleaning except those completely buried in concrete or galvanized. 3. Paint shall be applied in a full heavy coat, evenly applied and well worked into joints and open spaces. Surfaces to receive paint must be dry. Paint shall be zinc chromate primer per TT-P-645. 4. Parts inaccessible after assembly shall be given a second coat of shop paint. Tint the second coat a slightly different shade to distinguish from the first. 5. Exposed parts of bolts used in assembly shall be prime.coated. B. TOUCH-UP PAINTING After erection, prime coat all field bolt heads, nuts and washers, field welds, and touch up all abrasions in the shop coat. Use same paint as used for shop coat. -3 GALVANIZING Comply with ASTM A-123 for zinc coatings applied on products fabricated from rolled or pressed steel shapes, plates, bars and strips. ASTM A-386-65 for zinc coatings on assembled steel products. Weight of coatings per Table I for class and thickness of material to be coated. Except for bolts, nuts, galvanize after fabrication. Coat all steel items where indicated on the drawings and ail exposed exterior structural steel unless otherwise noted. -4 FABRICATION A. Anchor bolts, plates, grillage, and other items of mis- cellaneous steel furnished under this section and scheduled for embankment in concrete or masonry shall be furnished to the respective trades for installation at the proper time. Include instructions and/or templates for installation of all such items. B. Where required or advisable, field measurements shall be taken to verify the work of others. C. Fabricate and assemble structural steel in shop to greatest extent possible without detriment to handling, transporting, and.erection. SECTION 05100 PAGE 5 STRUCTURAL METAL D. Provisions for field connections shall be as detailed on the drawings and-specified herein. E. Holes, as required, in,plates or other shapes shall be drilled or punched and reamed as required. Burning of holes shall not be permitted. F. Steel shapes used as exposed architectural surfaces shall be continuous lengths along entire line of contact unless otherwise noted on the drawings. (Two or more pieces shall be butt welded with exposed welds ground smooth). All corners shall be mitered, welded, and ground smooth. There shall be no bolted or overlapping connections on surfaces exposed to view, unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. Exposed welds shall.be ground smooth. -5 ERECTION A. Erection equipment shall be suitable and safe for workmen and capable of accommodating construction requirements of this project. B. Erect to allowable tolerances. Steel shall be plumb and level before final welding or bolting. C. Errors in shop fabrication or deformation resulting from handling or transportation that prevent proper assembly and fitting of parts shall be corrected by methods meeting the approval of the Engineer. D. Provide adequate bracing and shoring during erection to maintain members in position and prevent overloading. 05103 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS -1 INSPECTION AND TESTING The Contractor shall supply the Engineer,with triplicate copies of mill reports and tests before any material is installed. A. INSPECTION Shop welding shall be inspected by a qualified welding SECTION 05100 PAGE 6 STRUCTURAL METAL inspector engaged by the steel fabricator at his expense. To determine the-quality of welds, the welding inspector may utilize x-ray or gamma-ray tests, ultrasonic testing, and any other aid to visual inspection which he may deem necessary to assure himself of the adequacy of the welding. The fabricator shall submit a certificate of conformance or test reports to the Contractor, who shall forward it to the Engineer for approval. The affidavit shall state that all miscellaneous steel has been fabricated in strict accordance with the standards specified and in accordance with these contract documents. 05104@ MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work in this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor, or is covered under bid items 101, 102 and 105 of the Unit Price Schedule. END OF SECTION 05100 SECTION 05500 PAGE I MISCELLANEOUS METALS 05500 GENERAL -1 SCOPE See drawings and schedules for type, location, quantity and details of metal items required to complete work. Anchor bolts and other incidental items of miscellaneous metals required to be built into concrete shall be furnished to respective trades, at proper time and shall include instruc- tions or templates for their installation. -2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Galvanizing: Section 05100 B. Welding: Section 05100 -3 SUBMITTALS A. MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE Submit manufacturer's literature for all products detailing installation, sizes and dimensions. Literature shall list salient features of all products. Order no materials until approval is received. B. SHOP DRAWINGS Submit for approval of all items. Such approval is for sizes of material and for design; it shall in no way relieve-the Contractor of responsibility for furnishing all material required by the drawings and specifications, although not shown on shop drawings. No material shall be fabricated before the Engineer's approval has been received. 05501 MATERIALS -1 GENERAL All metals shall be new,. and shall be free from defects impairing strength, durability and appearance. Metals shall conform to the requirements of the Standard Specifications of the American Society for Testing Ma-terials and the Federal Specifications under the following serial designations and numbers: -2 STRUCTURAL STEEL All structural steel shall conform to ASTM A-36. Dimensional tolerances and product quality shall comply with ASTM A-6. -3 COMMON BOLTS AND NUTS Bolts and nuts shall conform to the requirements for regular hexagon bolts and nuts in accordance with ANSI 818.2.1 and ANSI B18.2.2. Material shall conform to ASTM A-307. SECTION 05500 PAGE 2 MISCELLANEOUS METALS -4 WASHERS Circular washers shal.1 be flat and smooth and shall conform to requirements for type A washers in ANSI 827.2, unless other- wise shown on the drawings. -5 WELDING ELECTRODES Welding electrodes for steel shall conform to AWS A5.1, E60 series. -6 ANCHORS AND BOLTS The Contractor shall furnish and install anchors, bolts, straps, brackets, and other steel and iron fastenings not specified under other parts of these specifications. Furnish such items as shown, and where necessary for securing work in place in a rigid and 01 durable manner. Sizes, types and spacing of anchors and/or bolts not indicated and specified, shall be as directed by the Engineer. Heavy duty concrete anchors shall have removable studs to present a surface free of obstructions and studs shall be movable 1/211 in any direction when installed. Studs and couplings shall have a yield strength of 90 ksi minimum. Contract drawings indicate required locations. The anchors shall be Deco or approved equal as manufactured by Decatur Engineering Company, Box 643, Decatur, Illinois 62525. 05502 DESIGN AND DETAILING I FABRICATION All details and fabrication in accordance with industry standards unless shown differently on the drawings. -2 CASTINGS Castings to be free of defects, with smooth finish, and sharp defined lines and arrises. -3 FASTENINGS Fastenings shall be hidden where possible. Joints exposed to weather to be watertight. Provide holes and connections for the work of other trades. SECTION 05500 PAGE 3 MISCELLANEOUS METALS 05503 WORKMANSHIP -1 METALS All metals shall be well formed to shape and size with sharp lines. Weld permanent connections. Screws or bolts where possible shall have heads countersunk. -2 CASTINGS Castings to be free of defects,. with smooth finish, and sharp defined lines and arrises. -3 FASTENINGS Fastenings shall be hidden where possible. Joints exposed to weather to be watertight. Provide holes and connections for the work of other trades. 05504 INSTALLATION -1 GENERAL Install plumb and true where.shown on the drawings in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions where applicable. 2 VERIFICATION OF MEASUREMENTS Take field measurements before fabrication when possible. -3 ANCHORAGE Anchor to concrete with expansion bolts where built in anchorage is not provided. -4 HARDWARE Bolts, Screws, etc., for field connections: same material, finish as base material. 05505 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS -1 TESTS AND TEST REPORTS The testing requireme nts stated herein or incorporated in referenced documents may be waived, provided certified copies of reports of tests from approved laboratories performed in SECTION 05500 PAGE 4 MISCELLANEOUS METALS previously manufactured materials are submitted and approved. Test reports shall be accompanied by notarized certificates from the manufacturer certifying that the previously tested material is of the same type, quality, and manufacture as that proposed for the project. 05506 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation or is covered under bid items 101, 102 and 105 of the Unit Price Schedule. END OF SECTION 05500 I I I I I I DIVISION 6 -- WOOD 1 1 06100 Rough Carpentry 0 ! I 06200 Finish Carpentry I I I 16 I i I I I I . I I I SECTION 06100 PAGE I ROUGH CARPENTRY Woo GENERAL -1 SCOPE Finish all material, labor and equipment to complete rough carpentry work as required in conformance with applicable drawings, and as hereinafter specified. -Z RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Finish Carpentry: Section 06ZOO B. Hollow Metal Doors & Frames: Section 08100 -3 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS The following specifications and publications listed below of the issues currently in effect and referred to by basic designation only, form a part of this specification to the extent required by the references thereto (including the amendments, addenda and errata designated). A. GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTS 1. Federal Specifications FF-8-571A Bolts; Nuts; Studs; and Tap Rivets (and materials for same) FF-N-105A Nails, Wire, Brads and Staples FF-A-3Z5 Shield, expansion, nail expansion; nail drive screw devices, 'anchoring, and masonry FF-N-103C Nails (small) and tacks; cut FF-8-588b(Z) Bolts, Toggle & Expansion Sleeve, screw FF-8-57la(l) Bolts, hexagon and.square PS-20-70 Lumber-American Lumber Standards for Softwood Lumber B. NON-GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTS SECTION 06100 PAGE 2 ROUGH CARPENTRY 1. National Forest Product Association, 1971 and 35oolement National Design Specification for Stress-Grade Lumber and its Fastenings Z. Western Wood Products Association WWPA Grading Rules Book -4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. DELIVERY Materials shall be delivered to the site in an undamaged condition. B. STORAGE Materials shall be carefully stored off the ground to provide proper ventilation, drainage, and protection against dampness. Defective or damaged materials shall be replaced by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner. 06101 MATERIALS I LUMBER A. GENERAL Lumber shall conform with the Federal Specifications designated above. Lumber for the various usages, unless otherwise indicated an the drawings, shall be of the specie and grade permitted in the schedules hereunder. Species- and grades of lumber shall conform with the Association rules hereinbefore designated. 1. GRADE MARKING Each piece shall bear the official grade mark of the appropriate inspection bureau or association, or other agency approved as competent by the Engineer. SECTION 06100 PAGE ROUGH CARPENTRY 2. SIZES AND PATTERNS Lumber shall be surfaced on four sides and dressed sizes of yard and structural lumber shall conform to the Department of Commerce Simplified Parctice Recommendation PS-20-72. MOISTURE CONTENT All boards and dimension lumber shall be kiln dried or air dried, and the moisture content shall not exceed 19%. Moisture content of lumber over 2 inches in nominal thickness shall conform with the rules of the association under which grading was made and may be placed into the structure without further seasoning. C. SPECIES GROUPS Softwoods are arranged in species groups hereinafter for the purpose of scheduling acceptable grades of the various species to be used in the construction and/or milled items to be provided under this project. All specie group reference hereunder for lumber shall be in parallel with groups established in the National Design Specification, lumber for use other than structural and/or framing lumber shall also conform with the following specie grouping: GROUP NO. SOFTWOOD SPECIES I Douglas Fir, Western Larch and Western Hemlock 11 White Fir, Engleman Spruce, Ponderose Pine and Lodgepole Pine III Western Red Cedar and Incense Cedar IV Idaho White,Pine., Sugar Pine, Norway Pine and Sitka Spruce D. USE, GRADE-AND SPECIES OF FRAMING LUMBER 2 inch by 2 inch and larger shall be stress graded species with minimum allowable stress values of 1450 psi in repetitive bending; 95 psi in horizontal shear; 385 psi in compression perpendicular to grain; 1050 psi in SECTION 06100 PAGE 4 ROUGH CARPENTRY compression parallel to grain and 1,700,000 psi in modulus of elasticity. USE GRADE SPECIES GROUP Backing, Blocking, Cants No. 2 All groups Bridging, Buck, Firestop Battens, Nailers Collar, Girt, Ledger No. 2 1, 11 and III Misc Framing, Nailer, Plate, Ribbon, Sill, Stud -2 ROUGH HARDWARE A. GENERAL Unless otherwise indicated or specified shall be of the type and size necessary for project requirements. Sizes, types and spacing of fastenings of manufactured building materials shall be as recommended by the product manufacturer unless otherwise noted. Rough hardware exposed to the- weather or embedded in or in contact with exterior concrete shall be galvanized. B. NAILS, WIRE, BRADS AND STAPLES Impact driven fasteners shall conform with Federal Specification FF-N-105A. C. WOOD SCREWS Sc@ews shall conform with Federal Specification FF-S-118. E. CLAMPS, EXPANSION BOLTS AND SCREWS Clamps, Expansion Bolts, Expansion Screws, clamps and fastening devices shall be of steel and iron, and of standard type and manufacture. F. ATTACHMENTS.FOR WOOD ENGAGING CONCRETE Attachments shall be approved type metal plugs or inserts spaced as directed. Wood plugs embedded in concrete will not be permitted. SECTION 06100 PAGE 5 ROUGH CARPENTRY G. POWER ACTUATED FASTENERS Power actuated fastening of approved type, size and holding power may be used only if approved by the Contracting Officer. 06102 INSTALLATION -1 TEMPORARY WORK A. SHORING, BRACING AND CENTERING Temporary bracing, centering and shoring of adequate size shall be provided for the support and protecti.on of the structures where required during construction, shall be strong, rigid, properly placed and firmly secured in place to function for the intended purposes. B. CLOSURES As project construction advances and the need for safety protection and protection against intrusion arises the Contractor shall provide temporary barricades, enclosures, and [email protected] padlocked doors for exterior openings. Each temporary closure shall be maintained in a serviceable condition at all times. 2 GENERAL Cutting, notching, boring, and reinforcing of framing members shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. . The installation of bowed or warped framing members or other lumber not in conformance with standard practices will not be accepted. -3 MAILERS, CURBS AND BLOCKING Mailers, curbs, cants and blocking of sizes -i-ndicated on the drawings,.or-required, shall be in- stalled where shown for the attachment of Carpentry and the work of-other trades. Material shall be set rigid, in perfect alignment and shall be trued with a long straightedge. SECTION 06100 PAGE 6 ROUGH CARPENTRY -4 NAILING SCHEDULE Connection Framing Members Box or Common Stud to plate -end nail 2-16d Stud to plate -toe nail 4-8d Corner studs and angles 16d at 30" o.c. -5 LOCATION OF ANCHORING DEVICES Special fabricated or standard anchoring devices for the attachment of carpentry work and framing shall be installed where detailed or otherwise required on the plans, and as specified herein. Anchoring-devices, unless otherwise shown, shall be installed in accordance with the following. PARTITIONS Baits or Power Actuated Fasteners to Concrete Slab 4' o.c. max. spacing. PLATE, BLOCKING See Drawing for Spacing Unless CURB ANCHORS otherwise.noted use power actuated fasteners 41 o.c. maximum spacing. -6. PARTITIONS Partitions shall be,framed with one piece 2 x 4 inch studs spaced 16 inches on centers, unless otherwise shown on the drawings. All studs shall have full bearing on sills, and prov-ide full bearing for plates, shall be one piece except at openings, and no splices will be allowed. All studs around openings, and.at corners or intersections shall be selected for straightness. Frame intersections with three studs and nails with sixteen-penny nails at 16 inch centers. All plate joints shall be made directly over studs. Plates shall be nailed to each other with ten-penny nails staggered and spaced 16 inches around each edge. Studs shall be framed as shown or required for proper installation of trim, plumbing and fixture anchorage, and other work to be concealed. Nailing strips and backing shall be-notched or cut in where necessary for surface mounted items. 06103 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS -1 TESTS AND TEST REPORTS SECTION 06100 PAGE 7 ROUGH CARPENTRY The testing requirements stated herein or incorporated in referenced documents may be waived provided certified copies of reports and tests from approved laboratories performed on previously manufactured materials are submitted and approved. Test reports shall be accompanied by notarized certificates from the manufacturer certifying that the previously tested. material is of the same type, quality and manufacture as that supplied for the project. -2 STAMPS AND MARKINGS Refer to specifications for individual materials for require- ments for stamp and markings. 06104 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate pa yment shall be made for work in this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a sub- sidiary obligation or is covered under bid items 101 and 102 of the Unit, Price Schedule. END OF SECTION 06100 SECTION 06200 PAGE I FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 GENERAL I SCOPE Installation of all wood trim and other items not specifically described as being installed under other sections of these specifications. -Z RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Rough Carpentry: Section 06100 B. Painting: Section 09900 -3 QUA LITY ASSURANCE A. QUALIFICATIONS OF WORKMEN For actual cutting ana fitting of trim and finish ma- terial, use only journeyman finish carpenters who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills re- quired, who are completely familiar with the materials involved and the manufacturers' recommended methods of installation, and who are thoroughl.y familiar with the requirements of this work. B. REJECTION In the acceptance or rejection of finish carpentry, no allowance will be made for lack of skill on the part of workmen. -4 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS The latest editions of the following specifications and standards (including the amendments, addenda, and errata designated), form a part of this specification to the extent reqwired by the refar- ences thereto. A. GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTS 1. Federal Specifications FF-N-105A Nails, Wire, Brads and Staples FF-S-1118 Screws, Wood, Slotted Head SECTION 06200 PAGE 2 FINISH CARPENTRY MM-L-00751F Lumber and Timber, Softwood MMM-A-1008 Adhesive, Animal Glue FF-N-103C Nails (small) and Tacks; Cut U.S. Department of Commerce PS-20 Lumber-American Lumber Standards for Softwood S-251 Hardboard NON-GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTS 1. Western Wood Products Association Grading Rules for Western Lumber latest edition 2. Western Pine Association Western Moulding Patterns - WP Series 3. Architectural Woodwork Institute Quality Standards of the Architectural Woodwork Industry -5 SUBM17TALS MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE Sub mit, for standard stock manufactured items. -6 PRODUCT HANDLING A. PROTECTION Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this section before, during, and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. B. REPLACEMENTS In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner. SECTION 06200 PAGE 3 FINISH CARPENTRY 06201 MATERIALS -1 LUMBER A. GENERAL Lumber sha.11 conform with the Federal Specifications desig- nated above. Lumber for the various usages, unless,otherwise indicated on the drawings, shall be of the specie and grade. permitted in the schedules hereunder. Species and grades 0 f lumber shall conform with the Association rules designated above. 1. GRADE MARKING Each piece of yard and structural lumber shall bear the official grade mark of the appropriate inspection bureau or-association, or other agency approved as competent by the Engineer. 2. SIZES AND PATTERNS Lumber shall be surfaced on four sides unless otherwise noted and the dressed sizes of yard and structural lumber shall conform to the Department of Commerce Simplified Practice Recommendation PS-20-72. Lumber shall be worked to such patterns as are indicated on the drawings or specified. Worked materials, except as otherwise indicated on the drawings,.shall conform to the,standard patterns of Department of Commerce Simplified Practice Recommendation PS-ZO. Millwork and trim may be finger jointed if jointed with waterproof glue. Finger jointed material shall be considered as a solid piece and shall be graded under the rules applying to lumber without finger joints. Finger jointed millwork and trim shall be provided only for opaque paint finished applications. B. MOISTURE CONTENT Finish Lumber: Finish lumber shall be kiln-dried, and when delivered to the project site, the moisture content shall not exceed IZ% for material I inch or less in thickness, and shall not exceed 14% for material over I inch in thickness. Millwork which is assembled or built-up or more than one piece of the mill shall have a moisture content not in excess of 12%. SECTION 06200 PAGE 4 FINISH CARPENTRY @C. SPECIES GROUPS Softwoods are arranged in species groups hereinafter for the purpose of scheduling acceptable grades of the various speices to be used in the construction and/or milled items to be provided under this project. All specie group reference hereunder shall be in parallel with groups established in the National Design Specification, and shall conform with the following specie grouping: GROUP NO. SOFTWOOD SPECIES I Douglas Fir, Western Larch and Western Hemlock 11 White Fir, Englemann Spruce, Ponderosa Pine and Lodgepole Pine III Western Red Cedar and.Incense Cedar, Redwood IV Idaho White Pine, Sugar Pine, Norway Pine and Sitka-Spruce D. USE, GRADES AND SPECIES FOR EXTERIOR FINISH USE GRADE SPECIES GROUP Stained Trim Clear-Vertical Grain III - Redwood E. USE, GRADES AND SPECIES FOR INTERIOR SOFTWOOD MILLWORK USE GRADE SPECIES GROUP Interior Trim C Select I & 11 Base, Shelving, C Select & if and millwork not otherwise specified -2 HARDWARE Unless otherwise indicated or specified shall be of the type and size necessary for project requirements. Sizes, types and spacing of fastenings of manufactured building materials shall be as recommended by the,product manufacturer unless otherwise noted. Hardware exposed to the weather or embedded in or in contact with exterior concrete shall be galvanized. SECTION 06200 PAGE 5 FINISH CARPENTRY A. POWDER ACTUATED FASTENERS Approved powder actuated fasteners may be used only with approval of the Contracting Officer for the specific use intended. B. NAILS, WIRE, BRADS AND STAPLES Impact-driven fasteners shall conform with Federal Spec- ification FF-N-105A. C. WOOD SCREWS Screws shall conform with Federal Specification FF-S-118 and shall be suitable for attachment of stud framing and blocking. -3 GLUE A. For exterior Buildup Millwork, water resistant casein or other moisture resistant type. B.' For Interior Buildup Millwork, glue shall conform with Federal Specification MMM-A-100, grade best suited for each purpose. See Section 07400 - 4 PRE-FINISHED WALL PANEL See,Section 09950 -5 PLYWOOD All stud walls shall be covered with I/Z inch AC exterior grade plywood. No joint finishing is required prior to painting. 06202 INSTALLATION -1 GENERAL A. INSPECTION 1. Prior to all work of this section, carefully inspect SECTION 06200 PAGE 6 FINISH CARPENTRY the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. Z. Verify that finish carpentry may be completed in strict accordance with the original design and all pertinent codes and regulations. S. DISCREPANCIES 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Engineer. Z. Do not proceed with installation in areas of dis- crepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. Z WORKMANSHIP A. GENERAL All finish carp entry shall produce joints true, tight, and well nailed with all members assembled in accordance with the drawings. B. JOINTING 1. Make all joints to conceal shrinkage; miter all exterior corners; cope all interior corners, miter or scarf all end-to-end joints. 2. Install all trim in pieces as long as possible, jointing only where solid support is obtained. C. FASTENING 1. Install all items straight, true, level, plumb, and firmly anchored in place; where blocking or backing is required, coordinate as necessary with other trades to ensure placement of all required backing and blocking in a timely manner. 2. Nail trim with finish nails of proper dimension to hold the member firmly in place without splitting the wood. SECTION 06200 PAGE FINISH CARPENTRY 3. Nail all exterior trim with galvanized nails, making all joints to exclude water and setting in waterproof glue or the caulking described in section 07900 of these specifications. ( 4. On exposed finish work, set all nails for putty. Screw., do not drive, all wood screws except that screws may be started by driving and then screwed home. INSTALLATION OF OTHER ITEMS Install all other items in strict accordance with the drawings and the published recommendations of the manufacturer of the item, anchoring firmly in place at the prescribed location, straight, plumb, level, and anchored for long life under hard use. FINISHING Sandpaper all finished wood surfaces thoroughly as required to produce a uniformly smooth surface, always sanding in the direction of the grain, except do not sand wood which is designed to be left rough; no coar'se grained sandpaper mark, hammer mark, or other imperfection will be accepted. -5 CLEANING UP Keep the premises in a neat, safe, and orderly condition at all times during execution of this portion of the work, free from accumulation of sawdust, cut-ends, and debris. 06ZO3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate-payment shall be made for work in this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor or is covered under bid items 1.01 and 102 of the Unit Price Schedule. END OF SECTION 06200 SECTION 07100 PAGE I VAPOR BARRIER 07100 GENERAL -1 SCOPE This section covers all materials and labor necessary for the complete installation of the polyethylene vapor barrier. -Z RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Rough Carpentry Section 06100 B. Insulation Section 07200 -3 SUBMI17ALS A. MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE Submit manufacturer's literature concerning products and installation of all materials, adhesives and fastenings. 07101 MATERIALS A. POLYETHYLENE SHEET VAPOR BARRIERS A single sheet of polyethylene film 4.0 mil thickness with a vapor transmission rating of 0.20 perms or less. B. ADHESIVES Provide the types of adhesives recommended by the vapor barrier manufacturer. C. VAPOR BARRIER TAPE Aluminum foil 1.0 mil thick laminated between two sheets of polyester film, with a vapor transmission of 0.015 perms or less with permanent pressure sensitive adhesive on one face. 07102 INSTALLATION A. Comply with the manufacturer's written instructions for the types of installation required. SECTION 07100 PAGE 2 VAPOR BARRIER a. Sea] joints in vapor barriers, and seal to other surfaces at extremities of coverage by lapping 6" and banding with adhesives or tape as recommended by manufacturer. Where nails or staples are used, seal with vapor barrier tape. Use vapor barrier tape to seal all punctures, tears and penetrations. 07103 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work in this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a subsidiarv obligation of the Contractor or is covered under bid items 101 and 102 of the Unit Price Schedule. END OF SECTION 07100 DIVISION 7 -- THERMAL ANO MOISTURE PROTECTION 07200 Insulation 07400 Preformed Metal Roof 07900 Calking and Sealants SECTION 07200 PAGE I INSULATION 07200 GENERAL -1 SCOPE This section includes insulation with integral vapor barrier, and its-instailation complete. -2 WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Rough Carpentry Section 06100 B. Vapor Barrier Section 07100 -3 DELETED. -4 SUBMITTALS A. MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE Submit manufacturer's l'iterature concerning products and installation for all materials, adhesives and fastenings. -5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. DELIVERY Deliver in unbroken packages with manufacturer's original labels thereon, where materials are,covered by a referenced spec.ification number, type and class as applicable, 8. STORAGE, Materials shall be delivered, stored, handled and installed to protect them from damage during the construction period. 07201 MATERIALS -1 RIGID INSULATION A. Typical rigid insulation at masonry block walls: Included are all locations where rigid insulation is indicated on the contract drawings. Insulation to be expanded polyurethane. SECTION 07200 PAGE Z INSULATION Minimum thickness 1-112", R value not less than R-7. Insulation Material to meet'the requirements of UBC Standard No. 42-1-67 and shall have a Class I flamespread rating (0-25). B. Perimeter insulation: To be Styrofoam SM, 1-1/2" thick. C. Mastic for installation of rigid board-type insulation on concrete or masonry block walls: Material to be combined adhesive-vapor barrier material equal to "Insulastic No. 100" as manufactured by Western Insulfoam Corporation. Shall have a water vapor permeance of .01 to .09 perms. -2 SILL SEALER Sealer shall be compressible rigid fiberglass insulation I" nominal thickness by 4" nominal width as manufactured by Owens Corning, or approved equal. -3 ROOF INSULATION Roof insulation shall be glass fiber batts complying with the applicable requirements of Federal Speci-fications HH-15210, Class A, Size 6" thick with R valve of 19. -4 ATTACHMENTS A. ADHESIVES Adhesives for rigid insulation board shall be as recommended by the insulation manufacturer for the uses intended. Adhesives need only be applied where necessary to secure to walls. B. MECHANICAL FASTENERS Mechanical attachments for rigid Insulation shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the uses intended. 01202 INSTALLATION -1 GENERAL All surfaces on which insulation is to be applied shall-be clean, smooth, dry and free of any projections. The condition SECTION 07200 PAGE 3 INSULATION of surfaces shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer immediately before work is startdd. Insulation shall be carefully installed and tightly cut around steel clips, pipes, conduits, etc., so as not to leave any location void of insulation. -2 BUILDING INSULATION Building insulation shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instruction. The Engineer shall be provided with a copy of the manufaCturerls installation instructions and notified 48 hours prior to the installation. -3 FOUNDATION INSULATION Insulation shall be-applied to walls and footings as indicated on the drawings. The insulation shall be fastened to the wall with mechanical fasteners or adhesives as recommended by the manufacturer. -4 ROOF INSULATION Per-manufacturer's instructions. 07203 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS I TESTS AND TEST'REPORTS The testing requirements stated herein or incorporated in referenced documents may be waived, provided certified copies of reports of tests from approved laboratories performed in previously manufactured materials are submitted and approved. Tests reports shall be accompanied by notarized certificates from the manufacturer certifying that t@e previously tested material is of the same type, quality and manufacturer as that proposed for the project. -2 GRADEMARKS In addition to marking instructions hereinbefore specified, the insulation manufacturer's certified installed "R" factor designation shall be shown on the products or on the packages containing- said products. SECTION 07200 PAGE 4 INSULATION 07204 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work in this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a subs'idiary obligation of the Contractor or is covered under bid itemsIO]. and 102 of the Unit Price Schedule. END OF SECTION 07200 SECTION 07400 PAGE I PREFORMED METAL ROOF 0-7400 GENERAL I SCOPE Work included: Roofing and sheel metal required for this work is indicated in the drawings and includes, but is not necessarily limited to, preformed metal roofing, trim and accessories. Also included is removal and disposal of roofs on existing pumphouse and pressure reducing station. 2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Rough carpentry Section 06100 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Samples After award of contract, and before any materials have been delivered to the job site, submit complete shop drawings showing details of installation, attachment, sealing, flashing and trim; manufacturer's literature describing the products and recommended installation methods and procedures and a detailed list of all proposed products. Upon the Engineer's request, provide representative samples of the products proposed. Submit color samples of metal roofing, flashing and trim for selection by the Engineer.- Selection will be-for one color only from manufacturer's range of a minimum of ten choices. B. Manufacturer's Certification Accompanying the materials and shop drawings submittal, and as a condition of the acceptance of the work, provide a certificate from the manufacturer of the roofing system certifying that the system complies in all respects with the specified design criteria. -4 DELIVERY ANO STORAGE A. Storage and Protection Provide an area away from traffic for the exclusive storage of roofing materials. Use all means necessary to protect roofing materials before, during and after installation to protect the installed work and materials of ail other trades. SECTION 07400 PAGE 2 PREFORMED METAL ROOF B. Re placement In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary at no additional cost to the Owner. Remove all damaged material from the job site and do not allow any damaged material to be incorporated into the work. 07401 MATERIALS -1 PREFORMED METAL ROOFING A. System Design is based on the use of Alcoa "Sold Rib I" System and the drawings reflect installation methods and pracitices recommended by that manufacturer. Alternate systems by other manufacturers will be given consideration upon submittal to the Engineer for review and evaluation of complete design analysis and shop drawings establishing their equality with the specified s.ystem and complete conformance with the design criteria herein specified. B. Design Criteria Roofing system shall be f'itted tightly and installed to withstand uplift component of 120 mph winds of any direction, shall prevent water infiltration from the exterior surface to the interior surface of the roof in test conditions of rainfall rate of 8" per hour, and shall allow for a free longitudinal movement to eliminate thermal stresses. C. Roofing Sheet Roofing sheH shall be Alcoa panels, 44-5/8" wide, formed from 0.032" thick srucco embossed alclad a.luminum alloy 3004, with Alumalure Finish Coating on exterior; or equal approved by the Engineer. D. Accessories Attachments, flashing, trim, closures, sealants, and other accessories or products required shall be as furnished or recommended by the roofing manufacturer and shall be compatable in.texture and color. SECTION 07400 PAGE 3 PREFORMED METAL ROOF 07402 INSTALLATION -1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection 1. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the surface to which the roofing is to be applied and verify that all such surfaces are satisfactory for commencement of the roofing operations. Z. Verify that the roofing system may be installed in strict accordance with the original design, the manufacturer's recommended methods and practices, and all pertinent codes and regulations. B. Discrepancies In the event of discrepancy, immed,iately notify the Engineer, and do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy, until all questions in regard thereto have been fully resolved. -Z ATTACHMENT Secure roofing to supporting structure with concealed anchor clips and fasteners of design, material and fabrication approved by the manufacturer of the roofing for the specific application, load require- ments, and necessary provision for thermal movement. Apply roofing anchor clips to the,structure at each panel joint (IZ" o.c.) at longitudinal spacing shown in the approved shop drawings. Do not perforate roofing panels by fasteners except as shown for flashing, closures, or trim. Assure proper engagement of anchor clips with bulb rib before positioning hook rib of next panel. Use only tools approved by roofing manufacturer to close the.interlocking seam between adjoining panels and between ridge and roofing panels as indicated in the. drawings. -3 SEAM SEALING To prevent.water infiltration under weather conditions causing ice dam build up at,eave, seal seam between panels with caulking, sealant, or gasket as recommended by the roofing manufacturer. SECTION 07400 PAGE 4 PREFORMED METAL ROOF. -4 DISSIMILAR METALS Where aluminum is in contact with other metals, provide electrolytic protection by painting contact surface with two coats of bituminous paint, American Tar Company's No. 2221 Farwest "Vitamix" or approved equal. -5 MISCELLANEOUS FLASHING ITEMS Provide and install all miscellaneous flashing items as required by the drawings and necessary for a complete watertight installation. Materials shall be minimum .040 gauge aluminum or 22 gauge galvanized steel sheet. All materials and work to be in full accordance with best practices of the trade and compatable with adjacent materials. All ferrous metal shall be galvanized. 07403 QUALITY ASSURANCE -1 WORKMANSHIP For actual cutting, fitting and installation of the preformed metal roofing and associated accessories, employ only qualified personnel who are experienced 'in the speciality. Provide one person who shall be present at all times during the installation of the roofing, who is throughly familiar with the products, the manufacturer's recommended installation methods and practices, and who shall direct all roofing operations. In the acceptance or rejection of Work under this Section, no allownace will be made for inexperience or lack of skill on the part of the installers. -2 GUARANTEE. Upon completion of this portion of the Work, and as a condition of its acceptance, deliver to the Owner a written guarantee signed by the installer and endorsed by the manufacturer of the roofing system guaranteeing that the installed roofing system will remain intact and free from leaks for a period of at least five-years followinq date of acceptance. SECTION 07400 PAGE 5 PREFORMED METAL ROOF 07404 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No specific payment shall be made for work in this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor or is covered under bid items 101 and 102 of the Unit Price Schedule. END OF SECTION 07400 SECTION 07900 PAGE I CAULKING AND SEALANTS 07900 GENERAL -1 SCOPE This Section includes caulking, sealing and accessories complete. -Z RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Insulation Section 07200 B. Preformed Metal Roof Section 07400 C. Painting Section 09900 -3 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS The following Specifications and Standards of the issues listed in this paragraph (including the amendments, addenda, and errata designated), but referred to hereinafter by basic designation only, form a part of this Specification to the extent required by the references thereto. A. GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTS 1. Federal Soecifications TT-S-Z2780) Sealing Compound; Rubber Base TT-S-Z30A(l) Sealing Compound; Synthetic Rubber Base, Single Component, Chemically Curing TT-S-OOZ30C(2) Sealing Compound; Elasto,meric Type, Single Component TT-S-00227E(3) Sealing Compound; Elastomeric Type, Multi-Component TT-S-001543A Sealing Compound; Silicone Rubber Base SECTION 07900 PAGE 2 CAULKING & SEALANTS TT-P-320C Pigment, Aluminum; Powder and Paste for Paint UU-P-270E Paper, Wrapping, Waxed 2'. Military Specifications MIL-A-148E Aluminum Foil B. NON-GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTS Standards of Thiokol Chemical Corporation. -4 SUBMITTALS A. MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE Submit-manufacturer's literature for approval describing product and application for each type of sealant and caulking used. B. SAMPLES Submit color samples for Engineer's selection. Colors may or may not match adjacent surfaces. As many as two colors of each type of product will be selected. -5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. DELIVERY Materials shall be delivered to the job in the manufacturer's original unopened containers, with the brands, date of manufacture and name clearly marked thereon. Where specifications are referenced, the number, type and class of referenced specification shall appear on the label. B. STORAGE. All material shall be carefully handled and stored to prevent inclusion of foreign materials or subjection to temperatures exceeding 90*F, or below 32*F. SECTION 07900 PAGE 3 CAULKING & SEALANTS 07901 MATERIALS -1 CAULK ING. A. CAULKING Caulking shall be either synthetic rubber base, two component, type conforming to Federal Specification-TT-S- 00227E(3) or synthetic rubber base, one component, nonsag type, chemically curing, conforming to Federal Specification TT-S-00230C(2). The two component compound shall be supplied in premeasured kit form, for on the job mixing. The entire portion of the accelerator or smaller unit shall be added to the entire portion of the compound or larger unit. The container shall have sufficient space at the top to allow for addition of the accelerator and for mixing. The one component compound shall be supplied in a ready to use form. Under normal application conditions including adequate ventilation compounds shall be non-toxic. B. PRIMER Primer shall be as specified hereinafter. Where a primer is specified or recommended by the caulking manufacturer for a specific surface material, tests related to that material shall include primer. 1. Primer for use with synthetic rubber base,two component caulking compound shall be a quick drying colorless, non-staining sealer, of type and consistency recommended by the caulking manufacturer, as approved. 2. Primer for use with synthetic rubber base one component caulking compound shall be a non-sta-ining sealer, of type and consistency recommended by the caulking manufacturer. C. BACKSTOPS Backstops shall be glass fiber toping, or closed cell neoprene, butyl, polyurethane, vinyl or polyethylene foams free from oil or other staining elements. Oakum, and, other types of absorptive materials, shall not be used as backstops. SECTION 07900 PAGE 4 CAULKING & SEALANTS 0. BOND PREVENTIVE MATERIAL Shall be either polyethylene tape with pressure sensitive adhesive, aluminum foil conforming to MIL-A-148E, or waxed paper conforming to UU-P-270E. -2 SEALANT A. SEALANT Sealant shall be a synthetic silicone rubber base one component type conforming to Federal Specification TT-S- 001543A. Sealant shall be supplied in ready to use form. Sealant shall be specifically designed for application to the surfaces it is used on. Sealant shall be nonsag with integral nonfading colors. B. PRIMER Primer shall be as recommended by the sealant manufacturer for the surfaces involved. Primer shall be quick drying, colorless, nonstaining. C . BACKUP MATERIAL Backup material shall be polethylene foam backup rod as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Jute, vinyl and rubber rod shall'not be used. Non-adhesive tape may be used for shallow joints. D. BOND PREVENTIVE-MATERIAL Bond preventive material shall be as specified for caulking above. 07902 INSTALLATION -1 JOINT DIMENSIONS The minimum joint width shall be 1/4 inch, and the depth shall be approximately one hall' the width, but in no case less than 1/4 inch. SECTION 07900 PAGE 5 CAULKING 6 SEALANTS SURFACE PREPARATION Surfaces against which primer, caulking and sealant are to be applied shall be clean, dry to the touch, free from frost, moisture, grease, oil, wax, lacquer, paint, or other foreign ,matter. All joints shall be enclosed on three sides. Grooves for caulking shall be cleaned out to the depth specified and ground to the minim=width specified-without damage to the adjoining work. No grinding shall be required on metal surfaces4 PRIMER Primer shall be provided on masonry, concrete, and wood surfaces, and other surfaces as recommended by the caulking or sealant manufacturer. Primer shall not be.applied to surfaces which will be exposed after caulking or sealant is completed. -4 BACKSTOPS The back or bottom of joints over 3/8 inch in depth for synthetic rubber base type caulking and sealant shall be packed tightly with an approved backstop material to the depth specified from the surface at joint opening. -5 BOND PREVENTIVE MATERIAL Material shall be provided at back or bottom of joint cavities in which no backstop material is required; it shall cover the full width and length of the joint cavities. 6 PROTECTION AND CLEANING Areas adjacent to join-ts to receive caulking or sealant shall be protected from smearing; paper masking tape may be used for this purpose if removed 5 to 10 minutes after the joint section is filled. Fresh compound that has accidentally been smeared on the concrete or masonry shall be scraped off immediately and-rubbed clean with methyl-ethyl-ketone-toluene, or a similar solvent. Upon completion of application or sealant caulking, all remaining smears, stains, and other soiling resulting therefrom shall be,removed-and work left in a clean and neat condition, satisfactory to the Engineer. SECTION 07900 PAGE 6 CAULKING & SEALANTS -7 CAULKING AND SEALANT Material shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions, using a gun with nozzle of proper size to fit the joint width. The compound shall be forced into grooves with sufficient pressure to fill the grooves solidly. Caulking shall be uniformly smoot h and free of wrinkles, and unless indicated otherwise, shall be tooled and left sufficiently convex to result in a flush joint when dry. Where the use of gun is impracticable, approved hand tools may be used. The compound shall not be applied to joints when the air temperature is below 50*F- or when it appears probable that temperatures below 50*F.-will be encountered before the material has set. The compound shall not be used when it becomes too jelled to be discharged in a continuous flow from the gun. Modification of the compound by addition of liquids, solvents, or powders shall not be permitted. Only the amount of material which can be installed within four hours shall be mixed, but at no time shall this amount exceed 'D-gallon unit increments. Installation around openings shall include the entire perimeter of each opening. 07903 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS -1 TESTS AND TEST REPORTS The testing requirements stated herein or incorporated in referenced documents may be waived, provided certified copies of reports of tests from approved laboratories performed in previously manufactured materials are submitted and approved. Test reports shall be accompanied by notarized certificates from the manufacturer certifying that the previously tested material is of the same type, quality and manufacture as that proposed for the project. 07904 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work in this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a subsid-iary obligation of the Contractor or is covered under bid items 101 and 102 of the Unit Price.Schedule. END OF SECTION 07900 DIVISION 8 -- DOORS AND WINDOWS 08100 Metal Doors and Frames 08600 Wood Windows 08700 Hardware 087ZO Protection Screens 08750 Louvers SECTION 08100 PAGE I METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08100 GENERAL -7 SCOPE This section covers all ferrous metal doors, door frames and door louvers complete. -2 WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A., Finish Hardware Section 08700 B. Painting Section 09900 C. Finish Carpentry Section 06ZOO -3 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS The following specifications and standards of the issues listed in this paragraph (including the amendments, addenda, and errata designated), but referred to hereinafter by basic designation only, form a part of this specification to the extent required by the references thereto. A. GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTS 1. Federal Specifications QQ-S-775 Steel Sheets, Carbon, Zinc Coated TT-C-494 Coating Compound, Bituminous, Solvent Type, Acid Resistant TT-C-598 Compound, Caulking; Plastic (for Masonry and Other Structures) TT-P-31C Paint, Oil, Iron Oxide, Ready Mixed .2. Military Specifications MIL-C-18480 Coating Compound, Bituminous Solvent, Coal Tar Base MIL-P-ZI035 Paint, High Zinc Dust Content., Galvanizing Repair 3. Naval Facilities Engineering Command Soecificati-on 32Y Metal Doors SECTION 08100 PAGE 2 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 8. NON-GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTS 1. American Society for Testing and Materials A 386 Zinc Coating (hot dip) an Assembled Steel Products. A 525 General Requirements for Delivery of Zinc Coated (Galvanized) Iron or Steel Sheets, Coils and Cut Lengths Coated by Hot Dip Method. E 15Z Fire Tests of Door Assemblies 2. United States of America Standards Institute A 115 Specifications for Door and Frame Preparation A 123.1-1967 Nomenclature for Steel Doors and Frames 3. National Fire Protection Association Standard No. 80 Fire Doo rs and Windows (C urrent issue) Code,No. 101 Life Safety Code (Current Issue) SUBMITTALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS Submit complete working shop drawings for Engineer's approval. Show ail features of construction and anchorage. Show locations and details of all field splices. Obtain hardware templates from hardware supplier. B. MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE Submit manufacturer's literature describing materials, fabrication, finish, details and the like. -5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. PROTECTION 1. Deliver, store, and handle all metal doors and frames in a manner to prevent damage and deterioration. SECTION Woo PAGE 3 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 2. Provide packaging such as cardboard or other con- tainers, separators, banding, spreaders, and paper wrappings as required to completely protect ali metal doors and frames during transportation and storage. 3. Store doors upright, in a protected dry area, at least one inch off the ground and with at least 1/4 inch air space between individual pieces; protect all prefinished and hardware surfaces as required. 4. Use all means necessary to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. B. REPLACEMENTS In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner. 08101 MATERIALS -1 METAL DOORS A. GENERAL 1. All metal doors and frames shall be the product of one manufacturer. 2. Design is based on the referenced products of the Ceco Corporation; equal products will be acceptable as substitutes providing the shop drawings required prove the equality of the substitute. B. TYPE.ANID DESIGN All metal doors shall be full-flush design, in the dimensions and types shown on the drawings, as indicated on the Door-Schedule in the drawings, in 18 gage for interior doors and 16 gage.for exterior doors, and shall be properly reinforced for the finish hardware described in Section 08700 of these specifications. SECTION 08100 PAGE 4 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES C. FINISHES Pre-clean and shop prime each door for finish painting which will be performed at the job site under Section 09900 of these specifications. D. FINISH HARDWARE Secure templates from the finish hardware supplier and accurately install, or make provisions for, all finish hardware at the factory. -2 METAL FRAMES A. GENERAL All metal frames shall be accurately fabricated to match the doors to be installed in them. B. TYPE AND DESIGN All metal frames shall be compatible to the doors indi- cated on the Door Schedule in the drawings, in 18 gage for interior doors and 16 gage for exterior doors, and shall be properly reinforced in the finish hardware described in Section 08700 of'these specifications. C. FINISHES Pre-clean and shop prime each frame for finish painting which will be performed at the job site under Section 09900 of these specifications. 08102 INSTALLATION -1 GENERAL A. INSPECTION 1. Prior to installation of metal doors and frames, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify-that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. SECTION MOO PAGE 5 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 2. Verify that metal doors and frames may be installed in strict accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, approved shop drawings, and manufacturer's recommendations. B. DISCREPANCIES 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Engineer. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discre- pancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. -2 INSTALLATION A. METAL.DOORS AND FRAMES Install all metal doors and frames in strict accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the approved shop drawings, and the manufacturer's recommendations, anchoring all components firmly in position for long life under hard use. __B. FINISH HARDWARE Install all finish hardware in strict accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations, eliminating all hinge- bound conditions and making all items smoothly operating and firmly anchored'into position. 08103 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS -1 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS Unless otherwise specified, factory tests and inspections for mat&rials and equipment for which inspections and for tests as specified herein or in referenced documents may be waived, provided certified copies of test reports performed on previously manufactured materials are approved by the Engineer. Test reports shall be accompanied by notarized statements from the manufacturer certifying that the previously tested material is of the,same type, quality, manufacture and make as that proposed for this project. SECTION 08100 PAGE 6 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08104 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work in this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a subsidiary oblAgation of the Contractor or is covered under Bid Items 101 and 102.of the Unit Price Schedule. END OF SECTION 08100 SECTION 08600 PAGE I WOOD WINDOWS o86oo GENERAL -I SCOPE This section covers all material and labor necessary to complete the furnishing and placement of wood windows. -2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Rough Carpentry Section 06100 B. Finish Carpentry Section 06200 C. Protection Screens Section 08720 -3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. QUALIFICATIONS OF INSTALLERS For actual installation of wood windows use only skilled carpenters who are completely familiar with recommended methods of installation and the requirements of this work. B. CODES@AND STANDARDS In add-ition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations, comply with the pertinent portions of "Industry Standard for Wood Windows" I.S. 2-71 by the National Woodwork Manufacturer's Association. -4 SUBMI-TTALS A. MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE Submit catalog cuts for all manufactured items., A completely detailed schedule shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. -5 PRODUCT HANDLING A. PROTECTION Use-all means necessary to protect wood windows before, during and after installation and to protect the in- stalled work and materials, of all other trades. SECTION 08600 PAGE 2 WOOD WINDOWS B. REPLACEMENTS In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Engineer and at no additional cost to the City. 0860 1 MATERIALS I FRAME Frame shall be constructed with water repellent preservative treated wood sub-frame. Exterior exposed surfaces shall be covered with white rigid vinyl PVC. 2 SASH Sash shall have water repellent preservative treated wood core covered with white rigid vinyl PVC. Sash to provide for insulating glass glazing complete with all weatherstrip applied. -3 HARDWARE Provide for gliding windows concealed two-way spring loaded locking mechanism with steel golden dichromate plate locking rods applied steel gliders. Zinc die-cut lock handle in stone- color. -4 GENERAL A. Vinyl covered wood windows shall be Anderson, Perma- Shield.picture windows and gliding windows as manuf- actured by Anderson Corporation, Bayport, Minnesota, or approved equal. B. Plastic used for frame and sash shall be rigid polyvinyl chloride. The PVC material shall meet the requirements of ASTM Specification D-1784-60T for a Type I -- grade 2 compound., Thickness: PVC@-Sash .04511 (plus-minus 10 percent) PVC-Frame .025" to .04041 SECTION o86oo PAGE 3 WOOD WINDOWS C. The treated wood frame shall be provided with continuous rig@id vinyl sheath and flashing over all exterior parts. Continuous rigid vinyl covering an frame forms perimeter flashing and anchoring fin. 0. The corner sea] shall be vacuum-formed vinyl frame sheath eliminating corner joints. Sash corners shall be welded to form leak-proof joint. E. Except as designated otherwise, frames and sash shall be assembled at the plant-and shipped as a unit with hard- ware. GLASS AND GLAZING A. INSULATING GLASS Double pane insulating window glass (by window manu- facturer) shall be 5/8-inch thick metal edge, insulating glass. All insulating glass shall be Libby Owens Ford "Thermapane" or Pittsburgh Plate Glass Company "Twindow". -6 FINISHES All finishes shall be as provided by the-manufacturer in his standard factory fabrication process. Standard colors shall be used with White being first option. -7 TRIM The Contractor shall provide all required wood trim to provide a tight weathertight fit of the windows to the frame structure. All trim shall be painted to match the supplied window colors. 08602 INSTALLATION -1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Prior to installation of windows, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all* such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. B. Verify that windows may be installed in accordance with the original design, the referenced standards, and all pertinent codes and regulations. SECTION 08600 PAGE 4 WOOD WINDOWS C. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Engineer. 0. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. -Z PLACEMENT A. Install all wood windows in strict accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, and the referenced standards, hanging square, plumb, and straight and firmly anchored into position for long life under hard use. B. Install all finish hardware in strict accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations, eliminating all hinge- bound conditions and making all items smoothly operating and firmly anchored into position. C. Windows shall be-erected in prepared openings in accord- ance with instructions furnished by the window manufacturer. They shall be set plumb and true, properly aligned and securely anchored as shown on detai-I drawings, with all ven-tilators correct.ly adjusted before glazing. Joints at mullions between contacts of windows with masonry sills shall be bedded in mastic supplied and applied by the window erection contractor. Seat window assembly to provide weathertight installation in mastic sealant of type recommended by the window manufacturer. Remove excess mastic before it hardens. 10 0. Anchor window units to adjacent construction as recommended by manufacturer details and approved shop drawings. Anchors and fastenings shall be built into, anchored, or bolted to the jambs of openings, and shall be fastened securely to the windows or frames, and to the adjoining constructiom. All anchors shall have sufficient strength to hold the@member firmly in position. After windows have been installed, all ventilators and hardware shall be adjusted to operate smoothly and to be weathertight when-ventilators are closed and locked. Hardware and parts shall be lubricated as necessary. E. Experienced glazers shall install all glass. Fully and evenly bed:all glass, finish putty and back putty or set with other materials as applicable to the type of instal- lation involved. SECTION 08600 PAGE WOOD WINDOWS F. Glass shall float in frame and be entirely free of any contact therewith, on edges or faces. Use setting blocks or shims with heavy lights to center glass in frame. Set sheet glass so that any waves are horizontal and convex side of glass is to the exterior. Glazing stops shall be carefully handled to prevent damage or marking and shall be accurately secured in place. G. The installation of insulating glass shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and as shown on the drawings. Remove improperly set, damaged or broken glass and replace with material acceptable to Engineer before final acceptance, at no additional cost to Owner. TOUCHING UP A. As soon after installation of each pane of glass as permitted by the Engineer, all markings and labels of whatever sort shall be carefully and completely removed from each pane, and the glass washed clean as recommended by the glass manufacturer, after which no markings or labels of any sort shall be-placed directly on the glass. Take care during cleaning to avoid scratching glass surfaces by grit particles. S. Identify glazed openings with suitable warning flags of cloth or paper attached diagonally to the opening frame with adhesive tape or similar approved means. Do not attach tape directly to the glass. C. Screen all glass from plaster, concrete, paint, welding splatter, alkaline masonry washes, construction scum and the.like. Any such soiling occurring on glass shall be promptly and completely washed off as specified above. D. After painting has been completed, clean all window surfaces with soap and clean water. Abras.ive cleaning agents and lacquer thinner not permitted for cleaning. Leave all surfaces free from stains, marks or other defects of any kind. SECTION 08600 PAGE 6 WOOD WINDOWS 08603 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work in this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a sub- sidiary obligation of the Contractor or is covered under bid items 10) and 102-'.of the Unit Price Schedule. END OF SECTION 08600 SECTION 08700 PAGE I HARDWARE 08700 GENERAL -1 SCOPE This Section covers all finish hardware locations, and ap- plicatJon herein specified exclusive of installation. -Z WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Finish Carpentry Section 06200 B. Metal Doors and Frames Section 08100 -3 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS The following Specificat ions and Standards of the issues listed in this paragraph (including the amendments, addenda, and errata designated), but referred to hereinafter by basic designation only, form a part of this Specification to the extent required by the references thereto. A. FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS FF-H-106 Hardware, Builders' Locks and Door Trim FF-H-111 Hardware, Builders'; Shelf and Miscellaneous FF-H-116 Hinges, Hardware, Builders S. NON-GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTS 10 1. Underwriters' Labortaries, Inc. Building Materials List Z. National Builders Hardware Association "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware" -4 SUBMITTALS A. MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE Submit catalog cuts for all manufactured items. A completely detailed schedule shall be prepared and submitted to the Engineer for approval. SECTION 08700 PAGE 2 HARDWARE B. SHOP DRAWINGS Immediately after the award of the hardware contract, it shall be the duty of the hardware supplier to request approved shop drawings from such trades with which the hardware must be coordinated. After checking approved shop drawings, he shall supply promptly such template information, template drawings, approved hardware schedule, etc., as may be required to facilitate the progress of the job. C. SAMPLES If requested by the Engineer, samples of the exact hardware to be furnished shall be submitted for approval. -5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. DELIVERY Tag each item or package separately, with identification related to the final hardware schedule. Basic installation instructions shall be included in the packages. Deliver all finish hardware to the job site complete with all necessary parts and proper fastening as required except the portion which goes,to other subcontractors for final fitting, such as metal door manufacturers. B. STORAGE Provide a secure area at the job site for the storage of the hardware. 08701 MATERIALS -1 GENERAL As,far as practicable,. all locks shall be of one lock manufacturer's make and all hinges and pivots shall be of one hinge and/or pivot manufacturer's make. Except as specified otherwise herein, types, finishes, and trim specified are based upon applicable Federal Specifications. Hardware to be applied to metal and-to prefinished doors shall be made to template. Templates shall be furnished promptly to the metal door, frame, and prefinished door manufacturers in order to avoid SECTION 08700 PAGE-3 HARDWARE delay in door and frame manufacture. All modifications to hardware that are necessary to conform to the construction shown or specified shall be provided as required for the specified operative and functional features. All door openings shall be weathertight upon completion of the hardware installation for winds pressure of approximately 50 pounds per square foot. -2 FINISH All hardware shall be U.S. 100-dull bronze unless specified otherwise. -3 CATALOGS The numbers used are from the catalog's of: LA Lawrence Brothers SL Schlage Lock Company LCN LCN Closers Company PE Pemko Weatherstrip GS Glen Johnson Cl CIPCO -4 DETAILS A. The hardware supplier shall consult the project drawings and details and thoroughly familiarize himself with work to the end that all items of hardware furnished shall conform to units which it is applied. B. He shall coordinate the hardware and other trades such as millwork, metal doors and frames, steel channel frame, etc. -5 HARDWARE TY?ES A. BUTT HINGES 1. The number,of hinges per door leaf shall conform to the applicable Federal Specification. Lawrence listed, acceptable substitutions: McKinney, Stanley, Hager. SECTION 08700 PAGE 5 HARDWARE construction master keying system shall be incorporated for interim use during construction. All pertinent keying require- ments not specified herein shall be as directed. All locks to be masterkeyed into one system. Lock, Group or Set of Locks Quantity of_Keys Each Master Keyed Set 8 Construction Master Key 6 Key Extractors 2 All keys shall be properly tagged in envelopes with door number, item number and keying information. The lock manu- facturer shall have all other keys delivered to the Project Inspector on the job site. Each change key shall be stamped with change number and set symbol, and each master key shall be stamped with set symbol as applicable. 08702 APPLICATION -1 LOCATIONS OF HARDWARE ON HINGED DOORS Shall be as indicated in NBHA Publication "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware" unless indicated or specified otherwise herein. A. LOCKS Knobs shall be located so that the centerline of the strike is 40-5/16 inches (nominal) above the finished floor. 08703 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS -1 TESTS AND TEST REPORTS The testing requirements stated herein or incorporated in referenced documents may be waived, provided certified copies SECTION 08700 PAGE 5 HARDWARE construction master keying system shall be incorporated for interim use during construction. All pertinent keying require- ments not specified herein shall be as directed. All locks to be masterkeyed into one system. Lock, Group or Set of Locks Quantity of Keys Each Master Keyed Set 8 Construction Master Key 6 Key Extractors 2 All keys shall be properly tagged in envelopes with door number, item number and keying information. The lack manu- facturer shall have all other keys delivered to the Project Inspector-on the job site. Each change key shall be stamped with change number and set symbol, and each master key shall be stamped with set symbol as applicable. 08702 APPLICATION -1 LOCAT IONS OF HARDWARE ON HINGED DOORS Shall be as indicated in NBRA Publication "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware" unless indicated or specified otherwise herein. A. LOCKS Knobs shall be located so that the centerline a f the strike is 40-5/16 inches (nominal) above the finished floor. 08703 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS -1 TESTS AND TEST REPORTS The testing requirements stated herein or incorporated in referenced documents may be waived, provided certified copies SECTION 08700 PAGE 6 HARDWARE of reports of tests from approved laboratories performed in previously manufactured materials are submitted and approved. Test reports shall be accompanied by notarized certif*icates from the manufacturer certifying that the previously tested. material is of the same type, quality, and manufacturer as that proposed for the project. -2 QUALI F1 CATION The hardware supplier shall in the opinion of the Engineer have sufficient experrence in an organization consisting of members of the American Society of Architectural Hardware Consultants to properly handle, detail and service the hardware in a satisfactory manner. 08704 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for this item of work. The performance of this work shall be considered as a subsidiary -obligation of the Contractor or is covered under bid items 101 and IOZ.of the Unit Price Schedule. END OF SECTION 08700 SECTION 08720 PAGE I PROTECTION SCREENS 08720 GENERAL -1 SCOPE This section covers all screening for windows complete. -2 WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Finish Carpentry Section 06200 B. Wood Windows Section 08600 -3 DELMD. -4 SUBMITTALS Submit catalog cuts for all manufactured items. -5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. PROTECTION Deliver, store and handle all screens in a manner to prevent damage. B. REPLACEMENT In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner. 08721 MATERIALS -1 GENERAL All materials shall be manufactured by the Chamberlin Barnhart Company, Inc., or*approved equal. -2 MAIN FRAMES Shall be open channel type shaped from 6063-T6 aluminum alloy and is to have a minimum wall thickness of 1/8" and weight of .844 pounds per foot. Removable concealment plates shall also be of extruded aluminum alloy 6063-T6, with a retaining flange and secured with steel screws at 8" on center maximum to the SECTION 08720 PAGE PROTECTION SCREENS exterior side of the main frame to conceal the locking mechan- ism and wire cloth support assembly, with a weight of Z18 pounds per foot. The corners of the frame shall be mitered, continuous welded and ground smooth. -3 SUSFRAMES Shall be aluminum reinforced channel type shape at both head and jambs and have a minimum wall thickness of 1/8" and 5/32 and a welight of .549 pounds per foot. All shapes shall be extruded from 6063-T6 aluminum alloy. Each member shall have an integral groove to retain a continuous vinyl sealer and subframe shall be mitered and welded an all exposed welds to be ground smooth. -4 SCRIBE ANGLES Adjustable scribe members of 6063-T6 aluminum alloy shall be provided at jambs and head as required. Installation shall be executed in a manner which will not interfere with the proper operation of the existing window operators. -5 WIRE CLOTH Wire cloth shall be .028" diameter 12 mesh to the inch with 43% open-area and woven from 18/8 type 302 corrosion resistant steel wires having@a minimum tensile strength of 175,000 pounds per square inch before weaving., The wire shall have double,crimped crossings with a minimum crimp ratio of 45% and a woven wire tensile strength of not less than 800 pounds per linear inch of width in botS warp and filler wires. Wire cloth shall be folded over edge of hinged unit and held secure- ly in place by means of retainer clips. Retainer clips shall be designed to interlock with removable cover plate and shall be spaced on approximately 8" centers. -6 HARDWARE Lock: Each screen shall be provided with a concealed lock with case hardened steel bolts (2) sliding in cadmium plated housing. Bolts to operate simultaneously from (1) Bitt Key Station with a special key. Hinges: Each screen shall be provided with concealed type 11 gauge cadmium plated steel as shown on contract drawings with 1/411 diameter loose brass pins: two (2) butts for 4'-0" high screens and smaller. SECTION 08720 PAGE 3 PROTECTION SCREENS -7 FINISH All exposed surfaces of aluminum shall be cleaned to give uniform color and be free from scratches and other surface defects. Welded joints shall be dressed smooth and finish to match adjacent surfaces. Welding flux shall be immediately removed when welding is completed. 08722 INSTALLATION All units shall be installed plumb and true, properly shimmed and anchored to prevent any movement. Exterior wood trim to be set in continuous bead of caulking for an airtight instal- lation. After window has been firmly set in place and secured, all voids between window unit and adjacent framing members to be completely filled with insulation prior to installation of wood trim. 08723 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS -1 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS Except as otherwise specified-, factory tests and inspections for materials and equipment for which inspections and for tests are specified herein or in referenced documents may be waived, provided certified copies of test.reports performed on previously manufactured materials are approved by the Engineer. Test reports shall be accompanied by notarized statements from the manufacturer certifying that the previously tested material is of the same type, quality, manufacture and make as that proposed for this project. 08724 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work in this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a sub- sidiary obligation of the Contractor or is covered under bid items kOl and NO of the Unit Price Schedule. END OF SECTION 08720 SECTION 08750 PAGE I LOUVERS 08750 GENERAL -1 SCOPE This section covers all aluminum louvers complete. -2 WORK IN OT'HER SECTIONS A. Finish Carpentry Section 06ZOO B. Metal Doors and Frames Section 08100 3 DELETED. -4 SUBMITTALS Submit manufacturer's literature describing materials, fab- I rication, finish and details. -5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. PROTECTION Deliver, store, and handle all louvers in a manner to prevent damage. B. REPLACEMENT In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacement necessary to the approval of the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner. 08751 MATERIALS -1 GENERAL Materials for overdoor louvers shall be model L-40F manu- factured by the Carnes Corporation, or equal. The frame and blocks shall be of extruded aluminum 6063-T5. The unit shall be complete with backdraft-damper. Sizes are as shown on drawings. Louvers and the exhaust cooling system shall be extruded aluminum of such design as to motor control the cooling system to meet the requirements for cooling as set forth in the manufacturer's recommendations. SECTION 08750 PAGE 2 LOUVERS 08752 INSTALLATION All units shall be installed plumb and true, properly shimmed and anchored to prevent any movement. 08753 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS -1 GENERAL Unless otherwise specified, requirements for inspection, sampling, testing, approval, authorizing, and other requirements of similar import included herein shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. -2 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS Except as otherwise specified, factory tests and inspections for materials and equipment for which inspections and for tests are specified herein or in referenced documents may be waived, provided certified copies of test reports performed on previously manufactured materials are approved by the Engineer. Test reports shall be accompanied by notarized statements from the manufacturer certifying that the previously tested material is of the same type, quality, manufacture and make as that proposed for this project. 08754 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work in this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a sub- sidiary obligation of the Contractor or is covered under bid items 101 and 1OZ of the Unit Price Schedule. END OF SECTION 08750 I I I I I I I I I I f @ DIVISION 9 -- FINISHES 1 09900 Painting I I I I I I I II I I SECTION 09900 PAGE I PAINTItIG 09900 GENERAL -1 SCOPE This section covers all materialst and labor required to complete the painting. -2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Miscellaneous Metals Section 05500 S. Metal Doors and Frames Section 08100 -3 APPLICA8LE DOCUMENTS The following spec-ifications and standards of the issues listed in this paragraph (including the amendments, addenda, and errata designated), but referred to hereinafter by basic designation only, form a part of this specification to the extent required by the references thereto. A. Federal Specifications TT-E-4891F Enamel, Alkyd, Gloss (for Exterior and Interior Surfaces) TT-P-25c Primer Coating, Exterior (undercoat for wood, ready mixed, white and tints) TT-P-57b Paint, zinc yellow iron oxide base, ready mixed TT-P-86e. Paint, ready lead base, ready mixed TT-P-0064le Primer coating; zinc dust zinc oxide (for galvanized surfaces) TT-P-64s Primer, paint, zinc chromate alkyd typg TT-V-5le Varnish, asphalt B. Military Specification MIL-P-52324 Paint, Oil, Alkyd, Exterior, White and Light Tints. SECTION 09900 PAGE 2 PAINTING C. Military Standard MIL-STD-1018 Color Code for Pipelines and for Compressed Gas Cylinders SUBMITTALS A. MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE Submit complete catalogs describing material, conformance to specifications, application instructions, coverage requirements for Engineer's approval. B. SCHEDULES Contractor shall submit within 60 days after construction is started a complete paint materials schedule for the Engineer's approval. The following information shall be submitted: 1. Type of surface or use 2. Type of material, description, application method 3. Brand name, exact identification .4. Manufacturer C. SAMPLES Submit complete selection of color chips for each ma- terial for the@Engineerls selection. No limit shall be placed on the number of colors selected. Submit stencil coding designations as specified hereinafter. Order no material until color selection has been completed by the Engineer. DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. DELIVERY Plaints and paint materials shall be-delivered in original sealed containers that plainly show the designated name, specification number, batch number, color, date-of manufacture, manufacturer's direction, and name of manufacturer. SECTION 09900 PAGE 4 PAINTING Surfaces in spaces above suspended ceilings, furred spaces, attic spaces, crawl spaces, and chases are not required to be painted unless specifically so stated. Surfaces of steel to be embedded in concrete shall not be painted. Succeeding coats of the same type and/or color of paint shall vary sufficiently from the color of the-preceding coat to permit ready identification. Damaged painting shall be retouched before the succeeding coat is applied. Reduction of paints to proper brushing consistency shall be accomplished by adding fresh paint except when thinning is mandatory for the type of paint being used. Permission to use thinners shall be obtained from the Engineer. The permission shall include quantities and types of thinners to use. Thinners shall not be permitted upon the job site unless permission for thinning has been given by the Engineer. Thinning shall not relieve the Contractor from obtaining complete hiding. Finished surfaces shall be smooth, even, and free from defects. 'The number of paint coats specified shall be in addition to the shop priming coats. Cleaning and paint- ing shall be so programmed that dust and, other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet paint. 09902 ____PREPARATION OF SURFACES -1 GENERAL All dirt, rust, scale, splinters, loose particles, disin- tegrated paint, grease, oil and other deleterious substances shall be removed from all surfaces that are to be painted or otherwise finished. Putty and caulking compounds shall be allowed to set one week before painting. All unpainted sur- faces shall be cleaned and finished as stated for painted surfaces except puttying, filling and etching. -2 WOOD SURFACES Wood surfaces to be painted or otherwise finished shall be free from dust and other contaminants. Wood to be painted shall have an instrument measured moisture content no greater than 12%. The use of water on unpainted wood shall be avoided. Prior to application of paint, knots and resinous wood shall be treated with an application of known sealer conforming to SECTION 09900 PAGE 3 PAINTING B. STORAGE Paint proposed for use shall be stored at the project site in sealed and labeled containers. Containers shall not be opened until after inspection and accectance by the Engineer. Oily rags, waste, empty containers shall be removed from the building each'n.i:ght and' destroyed. Contractor shall take all precautions necessary to safeguard against fires. Storage of paint and painting materials shall be restricted to the location directed by the Engineer. 09901 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in contact with,painted surfaces and not to be painted shall be removed, masked, or otherwise protected prior to surface preparation and painting operations. Following completion of painting, removed items shall be reinstalled. Such removal and rainstalling shall be done by workmen skilled in the trades involved. Exposed nails and other ferrous metal on surfaces to be painted with water thinned paints shall be spot primed with red lead, zinc chromate, basic lead silicon chromate, or zinc dust zinc oxide primer. Surfaces to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned and shall be dry when the paint is applied. Paint shall not be applied to surfaces upon which there is frost, ice, or snow. Interior areas shall be broom clean and dust free before and during the application of any painting materials. Surfaces concealed by portable objects and by articles mounted on the surfaces and readily detachable by removal of fasteners such as screws and bolts are included in the work. Surfaces concealed and made inaccessible by panelboards, machinery, and equipment fixed in place are not included. Articles obstructing access to those surfaces specified to be included in the work shall be@removed for access and restored to their original position on completion. SECTION 09900 PAGE 6 PAINTING 0"3903 WORKMANSHIP Workmanship shall be first class in every respect. Paint and enamel finishes shall be applied carefully with good clean brushes, approved rollers, or approved spraying equipment. The work shall be so conducted as to avoid damage of other surfaces and public and private property in the area; any damage thereto shall be made good by the Contractor at his expense. Sufficient time shall be allowed between coats to assure thorough drying, and each coat shall be in proper condition before the next coat is applied. Sanding and dusting, as necessary to produce finishes free of visible defects when viewed from a distance of 5 feet, shall be performed. The finished surfaces shall be free from runs, drops, ridges sags, waves, laps, brush marks and variations in colors. Each coat of paint shall be of sufficient thickness to cover completely the previous coat or surface. Exterior paint shall not be applied during foggy, damp or rainy weather; the temperature shall be above 45*F., and not over 95*F. Interior paint may be applied at any time provided the surfaces to be painted are dry and the temperature can be kept above 45*F., during the application-of ordinary paints, and between 65*F., and 95*F. during the application of enamels and varnishes. Paint shall not be applied when the surfaces are not in proper condition for painting. Overall coverage per coat shall be as recommended by the material manufacturer or shall be as hereinafter specified. 09904 MATERIAL Unless specified otherwise use the highest quality material manufactured by Pittsburgh or approved equal. Acceptable substitutes are Glidden, Sherman-Williams, Dunn Edwards, Kelly Moore, Pratt & Lambert, Shorn, Fuller, Preservative. No other substitutes will be accepted. All specification numbers listed refer to the Pratt & Lambert coding unless othermise noted.. (Abbreviated "P&L") All paint shall contain less than I percent lead. SECTION. 09900 PAGE 5 PAI NTING MIL-S-12935. Puttying of cracks and nailholes shall be done after the priming coat has been applied and has dried properly. Sandpapering, when required, shall be done after the undercoats are dry. Wood trim shall be given the priming coat imme- diately following delivery to the job site; wood trim shall be primed on all surfaces; rabbets shall be primed prior to glazing. -3 CONCRETE AND.MASONRY SURFACES Surfaces shall be repaired before painting. Surfaces to be painted shall be clean and free from dirt, fungus, grease, oil, effloresence, asphalt, tar, and other foreign substances. Mortar drappimgs, glaze, and scale shall be removed before application of paint. Clean mold release with Xyol. Large voids and cracks shall be patched. Level any surface projections and mortar spatters by grinding, stoning or scraping. If surface is smooth, etch for better adhesion with a solution of I part 26% muriatic acid to 10 parts water. Allow to etch 15- 20 minutes. Rinse thoroughly with water and allow to dry. -4 METAL SURFACES Metal surfaces to be painted, including unprimed aluminum, brass, copper, zinc coated surfaces, steel and iron surfaces, except surfaces subject to temperatures in excess of 350% immediate.ly after being cleaned, shall be given one coat of pretreatment coating conforming to MIL-P-15328 or MIL-P-14504 applied to a dry film thickness of 0.3 to 0.5 mil. Unprimed zinc coated surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned with mineral spirits and wiped dry with clean, dry cloths prior to application of pretreatment coating; Unprimed aluminum surfaces to be painted shall be solvent cleaned prior to application of the pretreatment coating. Primer paint shall be applied over the pretreatment coatingas soon as practicable after the coating has dried. -5 FERROUS SURFACES Ferrous surfaces to be painted shall be solvent cleaned to remove oil and grease, and mechanically cleaned by powered wire brushing or surface blasting to remove rust, mill scale, and other foreign substances. Minor amounts of residual rust that cannot be removed except.by thorough blast cleaning will be allowed to remain. Primer paint shall be applied as soon as practicable after cleaning. Pipe and tank surfaces within the existing pressure reducing station will require sand blasting because of severe rust conditions. SECTION 09900 PAGE 8 PAINTING -6 SHOP PRIMED EXTERI OR FERROUS METAL SURFACES A. PRIMER Abraded and corroded areas on shop primed items shall be cleaned and touched up with a primer of the same type and quality as that used for the shop coat. After touch up, the item shall be given one field applied coat of P&L noxide one day primer at 600 square feet per gallon. Primed surfaces shall be finished as specified for ex- terior metal surfaces not shop primed. -6 EXTERIOR FERROUS METAL SURFACES, NOT SHOP PRIMED Exterior unprimed metal surfaces shall be primed with one coat of zinc yellow iron oxide primer conforming to TT-P-568, Type 1. Primer shall be P&L zinc chromate prlmer@at 600 square feet per gallon. Finish shall be two coats of P&L Effecto Enamel applied at a rate of 650 square feet per gallon per coat. Galvanized surfaces shall be primed with P&L galvanized metal primer, white, at a coverage of 350 square feet per gallon. Finish shall be two coats of P&L Effecto Enamel applied at a rate of 650 square feet per-gallon per coat. -7 CONCRETE FLOORING A. Chlorine Room Two coats green Sika Colma-Sol epoxy protection coating, applied per manufactuer's recommendation. B. All Other Two coats of TNEMEC Diamond-Gloss polyurthene, or equal; color red. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL.ITEMS A. GENERAL. Pipe hangers, structural supports, conuity and conduit fittings, air grilles, pipe coverings, insulation, and all metal surfaces associated with mechanical and electrical equipment including zinc coated steel ducts shall be painted. Interior pipe and pipe fittings shall be painted with the following color code: gas and fuel lines-red; potable water-blue; non-potable water-green; Chlorine lines-yellow. Zinc coated steel ducts in unpainted areas shall not be painted. Uncoated ferrous piping in unpainted areas SECTION 09900 PAGE 7 PAINTING 09905 PAINTING AND FINISHING -1 EXTERIOR WOOD FOR PAINT FINISH Siding, Fascia and Building.Trim Boards Two coats: Olympic Stain either clear or pigmented as selected by the Engineer. -Z Windows and.Trim, and Exposed Members of Roof Soffits and Trusses. Ist coat: #18,51 Exterior Wood Primer Znd coat: #1801 Endurance house paint 3rd coat: #1801 Endurance house paint Note: PVC vinyl on windows not to be painted. -3 EXTERIOR MASONRY Ist Coat: 8.0 mills "Tneme-cretell Znd Coat: 8.0 mills "Tneme-crete" Repaint existing building being added to match new construction -4 INTERIOR WOOD A. PRIMER Primer shall be onecoat of interior,primer, applied at a rate of not less than 700.square feet per gallon. B. FINISH Finish shall be two coats of P & L Callu-tone Satin applied at a ratelof not less than 450 square feet per gallon. -5 MASONRY INTERIOR Finish: Use Sand-textured alkyd-epoxy system equal to Pittsburgh "Speedhide" Textured-Masonry Coating. One coat of off-white flat shall be used, using manufacturer's recommended spread rate. SECTION 09900 PAGEC@10 PAINTING 09906 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS -1 INSPECTION Surface preparation, application procedures, and material selection shall be examined by the Contracting Officer's representative to determine conformance with the requirements specified. Each separate operation shall be approved prior to initiation of subsequent operations. -2 TESTS Samples may be tested in accordance with the requirements of the applicable material specifications. The cost of the first test will be borne by the Owner. If a sample fails to meet specification requirements, the material represented by the sample shall be replaced and the cost of retesting will be borne by the Contractor. -3 CERTIFICATION Submit affidavit for each manufacturer certifying that all materials-conform with referenced specifications and standards. 09907 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment sha.11 be made for work in this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a sub- sidiary obligation or is covered under bid items 1.01 and 102 of the Unit Price Schedule. END OF SECTION 09900 SECTION 09900 PAGE 9 PAINTING shall be.given one coat of asphalt varnish conforming to TT-V-51e. Buried steel and ductile or wrought iron pipe which has an undamaged factory applied bituminous varnish protective coating shall require no further protection. All exposed pipes and pipe where factory applied protective coating is.damaged and the pipe surface shows rusting shall be cleaned to bare metal then painted with a coat of pretreatment coating and conforming to MIL-P-15328 applied to a dry film thickness of 0.3 to 0.5 mil, and two coats of zinc chromate primer conforming to TT-P-645, each coat applied to a minimum dry film thickness of 1.0 mil. Zinc coated and copper pipe under insulation shall not be painted. Equipment shall be finished in accordance with the specification for the particular item. Surfaces on factory finished equipment that are damaged during installation shall be restored to their original condition. Piping and conduit identification shall conform to the requirements of MIL-STD-101. Stenciling shall be placed in clearly visible locations. All piping and conduits not covered by the aforementioned standard shall be stenciled with names or code letters approved by the Engineer, not less than I" high for piping and not less than V high.elsewhere. Arrow,shaped markings shall be. painted on the:11nes to indicate the direction of flow. Two copies of the complete color and stencil codes used shall be provided; they shall be framed under glass and shall be installed as directed by the Engineer. a. METAL WORK WHERE PAINTING IS REQUIRED 1. PRIMER Primer shall be an appropriate primer as specified above. Coverage shall be as specified for exterior metal work. 2. FINISH Finish shall betwo coats of P&L Cellu-tone Satin applied at a rate of 450 square feet per gallon per coat. -9 MISCELLANEOUS Other surfaces for which the type of paint has not been specified shall be painted as specified for surfaces having similar conditions of exposure. DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES 10250 Firefighting Devices SECTION 10250 PAGE I FIREFIGHTING DEVICES 10250 GENERAL -1 SCOPE This section covers all requirements for firefighting devices by Contractor. -Z DELETED. -3 SUBMITTALS Submit manufacturer's information for all manufactured items for Engineer's approval, including size, weight, rating and other pertinent information. 10251 MATERIALS Provide two U.L. listed tri-class fire extinguisher and wall mount bracket, weight approximately 30 pounds, for each building constructed this contract at location indicated on drawings, Model ZO TAS, as manufactured by Kidde, or equal. One extinguisher to be located just inside of door to furnace room and other extinguisher near exterior door of building. 10252 INSTALLATION Install extinguishers on wall after walls have been painted at location indicated an drawings, three feet above floor. Utilize manufacturer supplied wall mount bracket and appropriate wood screws for secure mount. 10253 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment'shall be made for work in this section. The performance of this work shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor or is covered under bid items 101 and 102 of the Unit Price Schedule. END OF SECTION 10250 I I I I I I @i I f I i DIVISION 12 -- FURNISHINGS I 1 12300 Cabinets and Fixtures I I I I I I I I I SECTION 12300 PAGE I CABINETS AND FIXTURES 12300 GENERAL -1 SCOPE The intent'of this section is to provide for one undersink cabinet and fixtures for each building (the pumphouse and the filter house), plus a six gallon hot water heater for both buildings, plus all incidental items, complete. -2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Plumbing Section 15400 -3 SUBMITTALS Submit manufacturer's information for all manufactured items for Engineer's approval, including sizes, finish, and other pertinent information. 12301 MATERIALS -1 CABINET The cabinet shall be metal finish size 22 x 24 x 35-3/4 inches, single door, model VLIH-24, as manufactured by VWR, or equal. Z SINK The stainless steel sink shall be 16-7/8 x 14-1/8 x 7-1/Z inches, as manufactured by VWR, model VL7070, or equal. -3 COUNTER TOP The cabinet counter top shall be Vanrock, as manufactured by VWR, or equal. -4 PLUMBING AND FIXTURES A. Plumbing 1. Hot and Cold Water Piping standard galvanized steel pipe and galvanized malleable iron screwed fittings or type IV' copper pipe and wrought copper high temperature solder joint fittings. SECTION 12300 PAGE 2 CABINETS AND FIXTURES 2. waste Pipe - PVC rigid pipe. B. Fixtures Chrome plated faucet, dual control, single spigot with aerator for above sink, as approved by Engineer. WATER HEATER Heater shall require no outside venting, and have adjustable thermostat and high limit switch, 120 V, with single heating element, made] No. NSG 1-1/2 gallon capacity National, or equal. The water heater shall be mounted under the sink in a specified cabinet. 12302 INSTALLATION installation shall follow accepted practices. The units shall be located,as shown an the drawings. The units shall be securely fastened to the wall and floor.- 12303 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work in this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a subsid- iary obligation of the Contractor or is covered under bid items 10rl and 102 of the Unit Price Schedule. ENO OF SECTION IZ300 DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL 15150 Heating 15160 Ventilation 15400 Plumbing 15900 Controls and Instrumentation SECTION 15150 PAGE I HEATING 15151 HEATING -1 GENERAL Heating units, thermostats, and fuel supply systems are to be installed and connected complete. All work and incidental work is included herein. -2 SUBMITTALS Submit literature for all manufactured items including all features, sizes, specifications, methods of attachments and installation instructJons for Engineer's approval. 15152 MATERIALS -1 FURNACE Provide furnaces as shown an drawings. -2 ELECTRIC BASEBOARD RADIATION Berko MC83-71Z-L, three foot long commercial baseboard unit, 2,560 8TUH, 750 watt heating capacity,- enclosure to have minimum 22 gauge body wrap, IS gauge front cover, end plates and terminal box with 16 gauge front cover supports built in every 6 inches, tamperproof single pole thermostat. Wired for 120 volt, single phase power. -3 THERMOSTATS Thermostats shall have temperature selector and thermometer scale combined in easy-to-read dial. A mercury switch shall be employed to insure dust free contact operation. The temperature range shall be 35 to 65 degrees F., model T86A, as manufactured by Honeywell, or equal for both the filter house and the pump station. 15153 INSTALLATION -1 GENERAL All units and accessories shall be located in the approximate location shown on the contract drawings. Installation is to SECTION 15150 PAGE Z HEATING be done by accepted standard procedures. All units shall be tested and adjusted according to manufacturer's instructions. 15154 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work in this section. The performance of this work shall be consioered as a sub- sidiary obligation of the Contractor or is covered under bid items 101,and 102 of the Unit Price Schedule. END OF SECTION 15150 SECTION 15160 PAGE I VENTILATION 15160 GENERAL -1 SCOPE Exhaust fans, duct work, roof caps and furnace vent are to be fabricated and installed complete including all incidental items. -2 SUBMITTALS Submi t literature for all manufactured items and shop drawings for all fabricated items to be approved by the Engineer. 15161 MATERIALS -1 EXHAUST FANS A. CHLORINATOR BUILDING Exhaust fan for@Chlorinator Room shall have acoustically insulated housing. Fan capacity shall be 805 cfm at O-Z5 inch s.p., 1050 rpm, model Z-12 as manufactured by the Penn Ventilator Company, Inc., or equal. -2 LOUVERS A. Refer to Metal Door Section 08100 and Overdoor Louver Section 08750. B. Louvers as shown on contract plans- -3 ROOF CAP A. FILTER STATION BUILDING Flat roof caps shall be leakproof, rust proof, one piece, seamless vent, molded of weatherproof plastic, model 14-FR, as manufactured by the Penn Ventilator Company, or equal. -4 DUCTWORK A. Exhaust ductwork shall be fabricated from fiberglass duct board. Vapor barriers shall be installed as indicated on the contract drawings. SECTION 15160 PAGE 2 VENTILATION B. SUPPLY AIR (S/A) AND RETURN AIR (R/A) DUCTWORK I. All runs of ductwork, and all ductwork in mechanical roams and fan rooms constructed of galvanized steel sheets and in accordance with the following. Z. Ducting in accordance with low velocity duct construction standards, Fourth Edition - 1969, as published by SMACNA. Supply and return air plenums 16 gauge. Fiberglass duct tnstalled in accordance with "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards, Third Edition - 197V as published by SMACNA. 3. Rectangular Ducts: Where special rigidity or stiffness is required, duc-ts constructed of metal two (2) gauge numbers heavier. Other joint construction of equivalent mechanical strength and air tightness may be used. Recommend methods of fastening bracing to ductwork including riveting, bolting, and tack welding. 4. Duct Z4" and Less: Provide with I" x 18 gauge straps fastened to ductwork and to building construction. Spaced not more than 4 feet on canter. 5. Ducts 25" through 42": Provide mild steel rods faste ad to angle iron stiffeners with nuts and to building construction with appropriate inserts, flanges or clamps. Spaced not more than 4 feet an center. 6. Fibrous Glass Duct: At contractor's option, the duct system Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Class K Air Duct listing, so labeled. The product made of glass.fibers with a foil reinforced flame retardant vapor barrier on the exterior surface. The product to have a facing which has a mullen burst strength of not less than 150 psi., which is an indication of puncture resistance. Duct I" thick. C. Volume Damper ':. Duct depth greater than 6" a multi-blade damper. Blades mounted in a separate channel frame which is installed in duct-. Equal to Ruskin CO-35 opposed blade damper with operator as required. Operator accessible without demolition for adjustment, where shown on plans. SECTION 15160 PAGE 3 VENTILATION D. Backdraft Dampers: Where required, or indicated on plans, provide backdraft dampers, counter balanced to desired static pressure setting, felt applied to top of blades. Neoprene edge blades in rigid metal frame where exposed to outside temperature, bronze bearings, rigid frame Ruskin CBS-4, CBS-7 or CBS-8, as applicable. E. Turning Vanes: In all 90 degree turns in ducts where one '(1 and one half , -1/2) radius elbows are not used, single radius turning vanes installed. F. Flexible Fan Connectors: Flexible duct connection material- suitable to withstand the pressure encountered and "Durolon" as manufactured by Durodyne Corporation, or equal. G. Registers, Grilles and Diffusers: Grilles, registers, and diffusers of types and sizes called for on plans. 15162 INSTALLATION All ductwork and vents shall be installed utilizing accepted standard procedures. Installation of equipment shall include all framing, forming, supports, electrical, and labor for complete installation. 15163 PERFORMANCE All exposed work shall be capable of withstanding TZ5 mph winds for the life of the building. 15164 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work in this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a sub- sidlarv obligation of the Contractor or is covered under bid items.1-01-and 102 of the Unit Price Schedule. END OF SECTION 15160 SECTION 15400 PAGE I PLUMBING 15400 GENERAL -1 SCOPE This section covers all work required for the plumbing of one sink in each building. Both buildings will have hot water. -2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Cabinets and Fixtures Section 12300 -3 SUBMITTALS Submit literature and shop drawings for all items supplied for Engineer's approval. 15401 MATERIALS -1 WATER PIPING Water piping shall be 1/2 inch copper pipe with copper fittings of suitable size for sweating, or standard galvanized steel pipe and galvanized malleable iron screw fittings. -Z WASTE PIPE Waste pipe shall be two inch PVC rigid pipe. 15402 INSTALLATION Installation shall conform to Contractor's shop drawings and utilize accepted practices. 15403 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work in this section. The@performance of this work shall be considered as a sub- sidiary obligation of the Contractor or is covered under bid items 101 and 101, of the Unit Price Schedule. END OF SECTION 154oo SECTION 15900 PAGE I CONTROLS-& INSTRUMENTATION 15900 CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION -1 SCOPE Temperature control subcontractor furnish all labor, equipment and material necessary for the proper installation of an electric system of automatic temperature controls as manufactured by Honeywell, Barber-Coleman or Johnson Controls, Inc. Temperature controls installed by the manufacturer of the controls. Manufacturer maintain a service office in the State of Alaska, a complete stock of replacement parts and remain on 24 hour call for emergency service. -2 CONTROL EQUIPMENT A. Thermostats have locking metal covers, (plastic covers not acceptable), and possess the capability of locking the setting at a fixed temperature. B. Relays and Switches: Provided as required for the successful operation of the control system. All switches include suitable indicating plates. All relays mounted inside I ocking metal local control cabinets. C. Damper Motors: Capable of providing smooth, stable, pro- portioning control under the design conditions, fully modulating. Undersized, "competitive" type operators not acceptable. D. Installation 1. Wirin : All control wiring in conjunction with the electric control system the responsibility of the temperature control subcontractor. All wiring in accordance with the electrical specifications and comply with the governing national, state. and local electrical codes. All wiring in conduit. E. Drawings and Layouts 1. The temperature control contractor submit to the architect or engineer for approval, a shop drawing of each entire control system including piping, wiring and control system sequence on one sheet before starting work. Upon completion of the work, this contractor show all control equipment and the function of each item indicated, in an as-built condition. SECTION.-15900 PAGE 2 CONTROLS INSTRUMENTATION F. Service and Guarantee 1. Upon completion of work, the control contractor provide job site instruction for the operating personnel. The control system free from defects in workmanship and material under normal use and service. If within twelve (12) months from date of acceptance by the architect or engineer any of the equipment herein described is pr oved defective in workmanship or material, replaced or repaired free of charge. 2. After completion of the installation, the automatic control contractor regulate and adjust all thermostats, control valves, motors and other equipment provided under his contract. Place them in complete operating condition subject to the approval of the'architect or engineer and provide any service incidental to the proper performance of the temperature control system for the guarantee period of one (1) year. 15901 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work in this section. The per- formance of this work shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor or is covered under bid items 101 and 102 of the Unit Price Schedule. END OF SECTION 15900 DIVISION 16 -- ELECTRICAL 16010 General Provisions 16100 Basic Materials and Methods SECTION 16010 PAGE I GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 GENERAL PROVISIONS -1 SCOPE Furnish all labor, material and equipment required for installation of complete workable electrical system as indicated by contract drawings and the electrical specifications. -Z DEFINITIONS A. Engineer Owner's representative. B. Approved As specified, or having received approval of the Engineer. C. Provide Furnish, install and leave electrically ready for use. D. Furnish Pay for and deliver to job site. E. Install Fix permanently in place and connect electrically. F. Contractor The electrical contractor. G. Trade The electrical trade. H. Work Labor and/or material accruing in the provision of an electrical system as defined by the drawings and these specifications 1. General' Contractor Contractor for the general construction work. -3 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS Specifications and drawings are complimentary each to the other; what is specified on one is as binding as if called for on both; do not scale drawings for exact equipment location; verify measurements on site; install material and equipment not dimensioned an drawings in manner to provide pleasing and symmetrical appearance; drawings are partly diagrammatic, not intended to show all features of work; mention of items does not imply omission of other necessary items not mentioned; cost.resulting from non-conformance with specifications is Contractor's responsibility. SECTION 16010 PAGE 2 GENERAL PROVISIONS -4 COMPLY WITH General Provision, InstruIctions to Bidders, and other provisions as outlined in previous-or other sections of specifications affecting this work; applicable provisions, latest edition, National Electrical Code; local codes governing electrical work; secure and pay for all necessary permits. -5- LABOR Employ only mechanics skilled in the electrical trade on this project; workmanship subject to approval. -6 COORD I NATE WORK BY Reporting in writing to Engineer before scheduled bid opening: contradictions or discrepancies between specifications and drawings; conflicts between electrical work and work of other trades. Planning and scheduling with general contractor for minimum interference with other trades; verifying, by plans or specifications, equipment furnished by others, but installed by him; installing and connectingelectrical equipment furnished by others; connecting electrical equipment installed by others; providing: liberal notice to other trades of work required by them; exact location and dimensions of electrical equipment affecting work of others; materials furnished by him but installed by others. Refer to drawings and specifications for work of other trades. -7 CHANGES Not allowed without prior written approval of the Engineer; approved only at no extra cost to the Owner; requested in writing. -8 EXISTING FACILITIES Maintained and protected; repairs, if damaged during construction, by competent mechanics, to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no extra cost. -9 DRILLING, NOTCHING AND SLEEVING Contractor's responsibility; drilling, notching of joists, beams and columns subject to approval. -10 CUTTING AND FRAMING OF OPENINGS By general contractor. SECTION 16010 PAGE 3 GENERAL PROVISIONS -11 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR ELECTRICAL WORK By electrical contractor. -IZ RECORD DRAWINGS Corrections, changes during course of job marked clearly on prints; submitted in duplicate to Engineer at completion of job. -13 TESTS AND INSPECTION Schedule and pay for all inspections required by local authorities; request inspection by Engineer prior to installing fixtures, outlets and panel covers, and before covering buried cable; test grounding system with grounding megger; submit-certified log of reading to Engineer; test all feeders, sub-feeders, and branch wiring installed under this contract with megger, per N.E.C. Submit certified log readings to Engineer; perform other tests required elsewhere in these specifications; after all items are in place, request inspection by Engineer and demonst-rate to his satisfaction that electrical system complies with plans and specifications; immediately correct all def iciencies noted during test and inspection; furnish all personnel and equipment required. -14 CLEAN-UP Remove all scraps, tools, surplus material and temporary wiring immediately upon completion, or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. -15 NOTICE OF COMPLETION Notify Engineer upon completion; certify that installation is complete in conformance with contract documents, authorized adjustments, changes, tests and inspections; submit in duplicate. -16 GUARANTEE All work executed under this contract to be free from defects in materials or workmanship for a period of one year from acceptance; promptly replace or repair faulty materials or workmanship to satisfaction of Owner during guarantee period; include cost of guarantee in contract price; no separate payment will be made. SECTION 16010 PAGE 4 GENERAL PROVISIONS 16011 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work in this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a sub- sidiary obligation or is covered under bid items 10@1--anc; 102 of the Unit Price Schedule. END OF SECTION 16010 SECTION 16100 PAGE I BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 161 00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS -1 SPECIFIED Manufacturers and catalog numbers, specified only as indi- cation of quality and/or size and capacity; base bid on specified materials; material other than specified will be considered only after award of contract and allowed only upon approval of Engineer; material installed which has not been approved shall be removed and replaced with approved material at no cost to Owner. -2 APPROVAL OF SUBSTITUTE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT The net cost of which is less Chan that of item specified, is contigent on credit to Owner of net difference per item, times number of items;. agree on price adjustment before approval; not considered before award. of contract; constitutes nothing more than authorization for use in lieu of specified; subject to Contractor assuming responsibility for physical dimensions suiting space limitations, cost of installation guarantee; not considered without four copies of data pertinent to cost, quality, ap2lication and availability i-ndicate material substitute item replaces; purchase no substitute material until approved; submit requests and date in time@to prevent delay of work. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE Submit to Engineer, after award of contract; submitted com- plete; partial submittals will not be considered; include applicable catalog numbers, cuts, diagrams and performance data for all ma-terial installed. _4 ALL MATERIAL I New, as specified, unless otherwise approved; reputable and' standard manufacture of latest design; bear label of Under- writers' Laboratories, Inc., where applicable; as shown on plans or specifications, or approved equal; installed in compliance with applicable manufacturer's directions; installed in best practice of trade; replaced or repaired to satisfaction of the-Engineer, if damaged during installation or test. -5 SHOP DRAWINGS Submitted in quadruplicate when Contractor fabricates material SECTION 16100 PAGE 2 BASIC MATERIALS METHODS in his shop or has material fabricated by others, and when shop drawings are called for elsewhere in the specifications. -6 SERVICE AND METERING Electrical characteristics as indicated on the drawings. -7 TYPE OF WIRING INSTALLATION Insulated conductors in metallic raceway system. -8 GROUNDING Conduit and neutral conductor of system to be solidly grounded; connect ground conductor to incoming water line; resistance to ground shall not exceed 25 ohms for electrical system ground- ing; test and report to the Engineer. -9 INDIVIDUAL FEEDER CIRCUIT BREAKERS Correct enclosure for installed locations; trip free operating mechanism; provision for locking operating handle on open position; handle to clearly indicate whether breaker is "on", "off", or "tripped"; trip set as indicated on drawings, or as directed; provide with engraved phenolic name plate stating designation and purpose. -10 SAFETY SWITCHES Correct enclosure for installed location; externally operated; quick make, quick break; horsepower rated when used on motor circuits; lockable operating handle; provide with engraved phenolic name plate stating designation and purpose; fused as indicated on drawings, or required by code for apparatus connected. -11 POWER PANELS Code requirements governing panel and switch gears; fabrication, partitioning, gutter space and construction is manufacturer's responsibility. Branch breakers to.have trip free operating mechanism; mounted maximum of 60 inches from finish floor to center; provide neatly typed circuit index under glass or plastic inside-door; provide with engraved phenolic name plate indicating designation and purpose; tie bars converting SECTION 16100 PAGE 3 BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS single-pole breakers to multi-pole breakers not permitted; square D Type NQOB for 120/208V panels: unless otherwise specified, panel finish to be manufacturer's standard; circuit connections as indicated on drawings, report in writing to any deviations and reasons therefore. -12 CONDUIT Use schedule 40 PVC for all interior runs, rigid steel for underground and exterior applications; conduit runs as in- dicated are generally diagrammatic; exact routing shall suit job conditions and shall be routed so as to not obstruct passages, floors, etc.; all conduit installed exposed, unless otherwise noted on drawings; sheradized, hot-dipped galvanized; bent only with approved bender; exposed runs parallel to walls and floors and bent symmetrically; adequately supported and secured by appropriate str@ps and fittings; nails or sheet metal screws not satisfactory for fastening supports, without approval; installed in manner to prevent accumulation of condensation; all conduit stubbed up out of floor inside of equipment shall have insulating bushings installed. -13 CONDUCTORS A. SYSTEMS'600 VOLTS AND BELOW 600 volt, Type THW insulation, unless otherwise noted an drawings, or in this specification; type USE for direct bury. Not smaller than No. IZ AWG, unless noted; No. 10 AWG for branch circuit runs longer than 100 feet for 120 volt circuits: neatly grouped and formed in panels and gutters; lugs used at all terminals for all conductors larger than No. 10 AWG. B. SYSTEMS OVER 600 VOLTS Primary cable shall be single conductor aluminum, 15 KV, shielded, grounded neutral, cross linked polyethelyene insulation, suitable for direct burial, and sized as indicated on drawings. No splices shall be permitted. All transformer connections shall be made with load break elbows, similar to ELASTIMOLO 4163LR with shielded cable adapter. Terminals and connections shall be made in accordance with'manufacturer's recommendations. Submit for approval. Test insulation resistance with Hypot tester, Associated Research, Inc., or equal. Follow instrument manufacturer's instructions. SECTION 16100 PAGE 4 BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS -14 OUTLET BOXES Schedule 40 PVC, type and size to suit device and conditions; sized according to code, to accommodate number of conductors; for ceiling fixtures, minimum of 4 inch octagonal with 3/8 inch fixture stud; nails not satisfactory for fastening; where conduit is exposed on walls or stubbed up through floor, screw hub type; blank covers installed when outlet box is not utilized for mounting purposes. -15 RECEPTACLES Mounted 18 inches from finish floor to center, unless noted otherwise; in concrete block constructions, at bottom of second course of block and at junction with adjoining block. Duplex receptacles, grounding type; ASA and NEMA standard twin grounding outlet, rated 15 amperes at 125 volts, Arrow Hart 5252-1, Bryant 5242-1. -16 SWITCHES Mounted. 48 inches from finish floor to center; concrete block to corner of block in course nearest 48 inches height; on door striking side of entrances, verify from architectural drawings; provide with pilot light when device or fixture operaied in not visible from switch; of following manufacture, or approved equal; single pole toggle, AC-OC AH & H #1541, ZOA, 125 volt, with weather proof cover., -17 FIXTURES As noted on drawings or approved equal; furnish and install new lamps,. cleaned before leaving job. -18 DEVICE PLATES To suit device, installed flush, installed plumb, 1/16 inch tolerance; mats or plaster fillers not permitted; stainless steel, unless otherwise noted; sectional plates not permitted. -19 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS Flexible conduit, not over 24 inches long, may be utilized; proper,flexible conduit fittings used; sealtight, or approved equal;. use@approved bonding jumper to extend equipment ground from conduit to equipment. -21 MULTI-SERVICE,EQUIPMENT Motorized equipment except as specifically noted to the contr ary per drawings will be: furnished and fixed in place by others; connected electrically at motor terminals by the Contractor, SECTION 16100 PAGE 5 BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS thermal overload and disconnect switches, or circuit breakers, shown on electrical drawings, provided by the Contractor, Square 0 Class 2510 or equal. Pilot control devices, except line-voltage thermostats, i.e., push botton stations, auxiliary relays, temperature and pressure flow relays, etc., provided by mechanical and general contractor. Miscellaneous equipment furnished and installed by others, unless specifically noted otherwise on the drawings; connected by the Contractor when shown on the electrical plans, unless noted specifically otherwise. 21 BATTERIES Batteries shall be lead acid type, IZO volt, consisting of ten lZ volt units, minimum of Z55 amp hour capacity based on 8 hour rate. Batteries shall be heavy duty commercial type with minimum positive.plate thickness of .125". Battery rack shall be constructed of Z" x Z" x 1/81' angle iron frame with 2" wood plank decking, three tier, sized to suit batteries furnished. Provide rails to prevent displacement of batteries during earthquake and bait frame to wall and floor. Pai-nt entire rack with two coats of acid resistant paint. Batteries shall be shipped dry, with electrolyte shipped in separate containers. Provide one gallon spare electrolyte. Guarantee for one year, with pro-rated guarantee for seven additional years. 16101 TESTS AND FINAL INSPECTION The Contractor shall call for the following inspections during the installation by notifying the Engineer in writing at least 48 hours in advance of the anticipated time that inspections will be required: before installing fixtures, outlet and panel covers; during the testing of cables and system ground; prior to final Inspection. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall call for .final inspection of the installation. At such time as the Engineer may direct, the Contractor shall conduct an operating test for approval. The.installation shall be demonstrated to operate in accordance with the requirements of these specifications and the contract drawings. Should any portion of the installation fail to meet the requirements of these specifications and/or applicable drawings,,the Contractor shall, at the direction of the Engineer repair or replace the items failing to meet the requirements until such item, or items, can be demonstrated to comply. SECTION 16100 PAGE 6 BASIC MATERIALS METHODS 16102 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work in this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a subsid- iary obligation or is covered under bid items 10-1, and 102 of the Unit Price Schedule. END OF SECTION 16100 DIVISION 17 WATER PIPING ANO TREATMENT 17100 Water Piping System 17200 Water Treatment SECTION 17100 PAGE I WATER PIPING SYSTEM 17100 GENERAL -1 SCOPE The stage of work covered by these specifications shall include the furnishing of all labor and equipment necessary to completely install the Seldavia water utility piping, and appurtenances in accordance with these specifications and the contract draw.ings. -2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Demolition Section 02110 B. Earthwork Section 02210 C. Cast-in-Place Concrete Section 03300 0. Painting Section 09900 -3 APPLICABLE STANDARDS Ductile-Iron Pipe AWWA C 110-71 ANSI A21-51-73 Rubber Gaskets AWWA C 111-72 ANSI A21-11-73 Thickness Design ANSI AZI-50-73 Fittings ANSI AZI-10-73 Cement-Mortar Lining ANSI A21.4-73 Gate Valves AWWA C 500-71 Fire Hydrant Assemblies AWWA C 502-64 Butterfly Valves AWWA C 504-66 PVC Commercial Standard Spec. CS-256-63 -4 DEFINITIONS Refer to Earthwork Section 02210. SECTION 17100 PAGE 2 WATER PIPING SYSTEM -5 SUBMITTALS Submit complete manufacturer information describing materials, conformance to specifications, special installation instructions, sizes and dimensions. Order no material until approval is received. -6 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. PROTECTION 1. Deliver all materials to the job site in a safe area out of the way of other work and traffic. 2. Use all means necessary to protect the material @efore, during and after delivery and to protect the installed work of all other trades. 3. Protect all valves, fittings and piping meant for installation inside buildings with adequate weatherproof outer wrappings. B. REPLACEMENT In the event of damage, immediately make replacement as necessary to the approval of the Engineer and at no additional cost-to the Owner. 17101 MATERIALS -1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE A. WALL THICKNESS Wall thickness shall be thickness Class 5Z for all diameter pipes. B. LINING Cement-mortar: unless otherwise called out on the plans, all piping shall have a cement-mortar lining followed by a sea] coat of bituminous material. C. EXTERIOR SURFACE 1. Underground Service All piping designated for underground service shall receive an exterior bituminous coating approximately I mil thick. SECTION 111100 PAGE 3 WATER PIPING SYSTEM 2. All Other Service Piping for all other service shall receive one coat of primer which shall be compatible with the finish coatings described in Section 09900 of these specifi- cations. D. JOINT TYPE 1. Unde rground Service All piping designed for underground service shall have mechanical joints or push on joints. 2. All Other Service Piping for all other service shall have flanged joints, Class 125. E. FITTINGS Fittings shall be ductile iron. -2 STEEL PIPE All steel pipe shall be Schedule 40 pipe conforming to AWWA C201 and C202. Flanges shall conform to AWWA C207. Field welding shall conform to AWWA C206. Cement-morta r lining shall conform to AWWA C205. -3 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE A. CLASS Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe shall be Schedule 40 for solvent-cement welding or Schedule 80 suitable for threading, Type 1, Grade I PVC, NSF certified. B. JOINTS Joints shall be solvent cemented, unless otherwise noted on the plans. -4 SO 1 L. PIPE AI] soil pipe shall be standard weight no-hub cast iron pipe. -5 GATE VALVES AND VALVE BOXES A. Gate valves shall be iron body, fully bronze mounted, double disc, parallel seat valves as manufactured by Mueller Company or approved equal, and in accordance with SECTION 17100 PAGE 4 WATER PIPING SYSTEM AWWA Specification C 500-71. All valves shall have non- rising stem and open counter-clockwise. Valves shall have mechanical joint ends. B. Valve boxes shall be cast iron of sliding adjustable height type with round bottom hood sections to fit over the top of valve. The top section shall be recessed to receive a closed fitting "eared" lid with the word "water" cast into it. Casting shall be smooth with a 5/16 inch minimum thickness and a minimum five (5) inch internal diameter. Valve box sections shall be dipped in coal-tar pitch. -6 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. UNDERGROUND BUTTERFLY VALVES AND VALVE BOXES 1. General All butterfly valves shall be of tight closing, rubber seat-type with rubber seats which are bonded to the valve body. No metal-to-metal sealing surfaces are permitted. Valves shall be bubble tight at 150 psi rated pressures with flow in either direction and shall be satisfactory for applications involving valve operation after long periods of inactivity. Valve discs shall rotate 9.0* from the full open position to the tight shut position. Valves shall meet the full requirements of AWWA Specification C504-66, Class 150-8. The manufacturer shall have manufactured tight closing AWWA rubber seated butterfly valves and buried service operators for a period of at least five years. All valves shall be Henry Pratt Company "Groundhog" or approved equal. 2. Valve Bodies and Flanges Bodies shall be constructed of cast iron ASTM A-126 Class 8 and shall have integrally cast mechanical joint ends. 3. Valve Discs Discs shall be constructed of ASTM A-436 Ni-Resist, Type 1. 4. Valve Shafts Shafts shall be one piece Class 18-8 Type 304 extending full size through the valve disc and bearings; stub shafts not acceptable. SECTION 17100 PAGE 5 WATER PIPING SYSTEM 5. Valve Seats Seats shall be a Buna N simultaneously molded in vulcanized and bonded to the valve body; seat bond must withstand 75 pounds pull under test procedure ASTM o-4Z9-58 Method B; seats affixed to disc not acceptable and ring type rubber seats not permanently affixed to body not acceptable. 6. Valve Bearings Bearings shall be sleeve type corrosion resistant and self lubricating with load not to exceed 2500 psi. 7. Valve Operators Valve operator shall be traveling nut type designed to withstand 300 foot pounds of input torque at full open or closed positions without damage to the valve or operator; must be fully gasketed and grease packed and designed to withstand submersion in water to 10 psi; valves shall close with a clockwise rotation of the AWWA nut and shall require a minimum of 30 turns to move from fully open to fully closed. 8. Testing Hydrostatic and leakage tests shall be conducted in strict-accordance with AWWA C504-66, Section 13. 9. Valve boxes shall be cast iron of sliding adjustable height type with round bottom hood sections to fit over the top of valve. The top section shall be recessed to receive a closed fitting "eared" lid with the-word "water" cast into it. Casting shall be smooth with a 5/16 inch minimum thickness and a minimum five (5) inch internal diameter. Valve box sections shall be dipped in coal tar pitch. ALL OTHER BUTTERFLY VALVES Butterfly valves shall be the lug type body type LLW-150 psi, as- supplied.by the Rockwell Manufacturing Company, or equal. The-valve@body shall be cast iron, the disc cast iron, the shaft type 17-4ph stainless steel, have snap liner and seats, it shall be supplied.with enclosed gear and hand wheel operator. -M SECTION 171100 PAGE 6 WATER PIPING SYSTEM 7 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE 8" altitude and pressure sustaining valve shall be as manufactured by the Clayton Valve Mfg. Co., Model 210-01 equipped with additional pilots to sustain pressure on the upstream side at-i minimum of 70 psi,. or equal. The 8" valve shall control.ap0rox-imately ]Wpsig upstream. The valve shall be factory adjusted for these pressure reductions prior to shipment. The main body and cover shall be cast iron, ASTM A-48. The main valve trim bronze, ASTM B-61, the pilot control system cast bronze, ASTM B-62 with 303 stainies-s steel trim. The valve is to be capable of holding tank level to a predetermined level. It shall be a hydraulically operated pilot-control diaphram valve. -8' FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLIES Fire hydrants shall be Mueller Improved Hydrants and shall conform to AWWA Specification C502-64, "Fire Hydrants for'Ordinary Water Works Service".- All hydrants shall be equipped with five (5) inch main valve openings and shall have six (6) inch ASA Class 125 standard mechanical joint hub ends for connecting to the auxiliary gate valve. All connections will be mechanical joint.unless otherwise approved by the Owner. Fire hydrants shal] be furnished-as indicated on.the drawings with the following types of hose connections: A. All hydrants shall have two, two and one-half (2-1/2") inch hose connections and one, four and one-half (4-1/2") inch pumper connection. B. All hose threads shall be National Standard threads Standard fire hydrants shall be furnished with a 4-foot bury set to finish grade. The working parts of all hydrants shall be bronze or non-corrodible metal. Painting and coating shall be in accordance with the cited AWWA Specification. Color of paint shall be "red" Amortone #992. C. Fire hydrants are to be set to finish grade. -9 FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS Approved manufacturers of flexible-couplings are Smith-Blair Series 400 and Series 900, Dresser Style 38 and Style 127 or an equal approved in advance by the Engineer. -10 FLANGED COUPLINGS AND REDUCING ADAPTORS Flanged coupling adapters and reducing flanged coupling adapters shall have a follower of ductile iron, in sizes up to and including 12", and rolled steel for larger sizes, the flange shall be AWWA Class D, the gasket shall be natural rubber, and nuts and bolts shall be high strength steel. All flange coupling adapters and all reducing flange coupling adapters shall be as manufactured by Smith-Blair Incorporated, Model 913 and 914, or equal. SECTION 17100 PAGE 7 WATER PIPING SYSTEM -11 DRY CHLORINE GAS P.IPE A. PIPE All piping carrying dry chlorine gas shall be carbon steel pipe, seamless, Schedule 80. B. FITTINGS All fittings (except unions) carrying dry chlorine gas shall be forged carbon steel, 2000# CWP, screwed. -12 PIPE HANGERS A. CEILING SUSPENDED 1. Spacing of supports, maximum a. Nominal Pipe S ize, Maximum Span, Inches Feet 1/2 5 3/4 6 1 7 1-1/2 9 2 10 2-1/2 11 3 12 4 14 6 17 8 19 10 22 12 23 16 27 18 28 b. Additional supports Supports shall be placed immediately adjacent to, and each-side of, flexible couplings; maximum allowable distance from a support to any bend shall be 1/4 of that specified in 15 A.I.a. Pumps and other equipment shall not be utilized to support piping, valves or fittings. 2. Pipe Rings Pipe rings shall be malleable iron, split ring type for 8-inch pipe and smaller and steel for larger. 3. Ceiling Supports Ceiling supports shall be either the expansion case type for drilled holes, concrete inserts, or ceiling flanges. SECTION 17100 PAGE 8 WATER PIPING SYSTEM B. FLOOR SUPPORT 1. Spacing of supports, maximum see 15 A.I.a. and b. of this section. 2. Attributes a. Pipe saddle size as required. b. Use an adjustable pipe support. C. Bolt to floor with floor flagge. C. WALL SUPPORT 1. Spacing of supports, maximum see 15 A.I.a. and b. of this section. 2. Assembly: wall supports shall be fabricated steel or cast iron with provision for strapping the pipe to the bracket. D. HANGER DESIGN 1. Hanger structural members shall be cast iron, malleable iron or mild steel; structural dimensions shall conform to gener ally acceptable standards for thin design loadings. Design loading shall be based on pipe flowing full of water. -13 CUT-OFF WALLS Cut-off walls are to be fabricated from 14 gauge galvanized corrugated sheet steel, as shown in the contract drawings. -15 PIPE ANCHORS The pipe anchor shall be complete, including rock bolts and steel strap. The rock bolts shall be Williams, U.S.-5-LCS-114 solid bar rock bolts, or equal. The rock bolt shall be 5/8 inch in diameter and suitable for medium rock, with long cone and shell and require approximately 100 foot pounds torque to expand the shell. Refer to drawings for pipe anchor detail. Refer to drawings for concrete anchors at pipe bends. -15 FILL AND GRAVEL Refer to Earthwork Section 02210. -16 CONCRETE Refer to Division 3 Concrete. -17 PRIMER PAINT All exposed valves and specials shall either have one coat of primer which is compatible with the finish coatings described section 17100 PAGE 9 WATER PIPING SYSTEM in Section OQ900 of these specifications or shall be finish painted by the manufacturer. -18 MAIN LINE METERS Main line meters shall have a magnetic propeller drive to allow the gear box housing to be hermetically sealed. A 3-inch dial shall show flow rate indicated in gallons per minute and total flow as 6-digit read out. The meters shall be 150# flanged Sparling "Master-Flo" Main Line Meters, 8" for the Filter Station and for the chlorinator station. The chlorinator station meter shall be equipped with a Sparling 249E purse transmitter compatible with the existing WET Model 86020 pulse frequency to Milliamp D.C. converter and WET Model 84100 strip chart recorder and variable vacuum output, which equipment is to be moved from the existing P.R. station to the new chlorination station. 17102 INSTALLATION -1 UNDERGROUND PIPING A. GENERAL Line and grade as as shown on the drawings. The line and grade are approximate only, except that it is necessary to keep within the designated easements. 51 bury at the pipeline shall be maintained. The actual line and gradient of the piping will be established in the field, as approved by the Engineer. This approved line and grade shall become part of the contract documents. The line and grade shall be recorded in field books by an experienced surveyor employed by this Contractor whose qualifications shall be registration as a surveyor or equivalent experience. It is the intention of the plans to construct the waterline and drain line adjacent to the existing 10" steel gravity waterline but sufficient separation will be maintained to avoid damage to the existing waterline. B. LINE AND GRADE The pipe shall be so laid in the trench that after the line is completed the interior surface thereof conforms accurately to the design grades and alignment. The pipe shall be straight to the eye, unless otherwise called for on the plans. All adjustments to line and grade shall be done by scraping away or filling the earth under the body of the pipe and not by blocking or wedging up. Any time pipe has to be deflected around curves where no fittings are used, the line and grade is to be staked at intervals of each length of pipe. C . SECTION 17100 PAGE 10 WATER PIPING SY STEM C. EXISTING UTILITIES The Contractor is responsible for the protection of all existing underground, surface or overhead utilities and for the protection of adjacent structures. Plan locations of existing underground facilities are to be considered approximate only and are to be verified by the Contractor. The methods used to protect existing utilities, appurtenances, structures, etc.,. shall be subject to the approval of the owning agency. In certain instances, piping will be relocated subject to the approval of the new location by the Engineer to avoid conflict with existing utilities. Such relocation will be at Contractor's expense for extra fittings and/or lost time, and no addit'ional payment will be allowed to the Contractor for relocation expenses. D. EXISTING PIPING Prior to the ordering of any pipe and fittings for underground Installation, the Contractor shall expose by excavating and he shall measure all critical connection pipes to determine fittings required, etc. Coordination with the City of Seldovia for use of City equipment and labor shall be by the Contractor. The City will make available to this Contractor) at standard "book" rental rate a rubber tired backhoe and operator, plus a laborer. An allowance of 10 hours is set forth in the bid for this work, the payment for which will not be exceeded, regardless of the actual time required by the Contractor to accomplish this "underground exploratory" work. When the pipe tie-ins are exposed, a record of depth below surface, and a 3-point survey tie to existing permanent surface features shall be recorded in a field book and copies furnished the engineer in order to facilitate future recovery of the same tie-in position. Payment for this "underground exploration" work shall be in accordance with the "allowance" set forth in the bid. E. EXCAVATION 1. General Contractor shall accomplish all excavation, including rock excavation, required by the contract drawings through whatever substances encountered. All excavation shall be accomplished in accordance with the State of Alaska safety code and the safety requirements of local agencies. Unauthorized excavation below the required grade line shall be backfilled with approved material and mechanically compacted to 95% of maximum density at the expense to the Contractor. SECTION 17100 PAGE 11 WATER PIPING SYSTEM In areas where large boulders, bedrock, or other unyielding material is encountered at the pipe bed elevation, the trench shall be overexcavated six inches (6") and backfilled to the proper bedding elevation with minus two inches (2") granular material. Payment for required separation of materials shall, be included in the unit price bid for the pipe. In areas where overburden material is not of sufficient quality to be mixed with other more suitable material during backfill, the Contractor may be required to separate the two qualities of material during excava- tion to preclude subsequent undesirable mixing. The method of separation could include but may not be limited to, placing the materials on opposite sides of the trench. Payment for required separation of materials shall be included in the unit price bid for "ProvIde and Install Water Main" as set forth in the Unit Price Schedule and no separate payment will be made for excavation and backfill, the payment for which is included in the unit price for the various size pipes, complete in place. In the situation of excavation in roadways and traveled ways, after completion of installations, streets shall be restored to original surface condition, which may include hauling and spreading some gravel. Payment for this work shall be included in the Contractor's price for the pipe installations. F. CLEARING AND OBSTRUCTIONS To prevent such materials from being utilized in the trench backfill, the Contractor shall remove from the site all root material, trash, etc., as directed by the Owner. Such materials shall be placed in a Contractor furnished disposal site approved by the Owner. Fences, culverts and small movable structures shall be removed as necessary for the installation of the water system and replaced in a manner that will provide a fence, culvert or structure of, as a minimum, equal construction and quality of that removed. In the case of obstructions to be removed and replaced, the Contractor shall provide photographs of "before" and "after" to show that properties were restored to equal conditions. SECTION 17100 PAGE 12 WATER PIPING SYSTEM G. G. WATER REMOVAL The Contractor shall remove by pumping or other approved means, all water which is detrimental to the installation of the water lines and appurtenances. H. LIMITS ON OPEN TRENCH unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the maximum length of open trench shall be three hundred feet (300'); however, should this maximum length be considered detri- mental to public safety, it may be reduced at the discretion of the Engineer. 1. PIPE INSTALLATION 1. Ductile Iron Pipe a. All pipe shall be laid to true line and grade with the spigot end fully seated into the adjacent bell. Backfill under and around the pipe shall be fully tamped so that no voids exist that will allow bridging or settlement of the pipe. b. All faulty workmanship and all materials found to be defective before or after installation shall be replaced, repaired or corrected to meet the specification requirements without additional expense to the Owner. C. Cutting of pipe shall be done in a workmanlike manner as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Owner. d. Open ends of pipe and appurtenances shall be protected with an approved plug at all times to prevent earth or other substances from entering the pipe. The entire system shall be flushed clean of all debris, tested and sterilized prior to being placed in service. 2. Joints a. All joints for ductile iron pipe shall be either approved standard mechanical or a push on joint 0.e.,. "Tyton" or equal). All jointing shall be accomplished in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations as approved by the Engineer. b. To assure electrical continuity, two electrical conductivity strips of not less than 550 amp capacity shall be installed on all mechanical SECTION 17100 PAGE 13 WATER PIPING SYSTEM joints and push on joints. The conductivity strips shall be U.S. Pipe "Electro-Bond for 'Tyton Joint' Pipe" and mechanical joint pipe and fittings, or approved equal. Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 3. Thrust Blocks Concrete thrust blocks shall be installed in accordance with the standard details shown on the plans at all tees, crosses and bends, or combination of bends, 22-1/2* or greater in deflection except that precast blocks may be used where approved by the Owner. 4. Flushing Before the pressure or leakage tests are performed and before the system is sterilized, all newly laid mains shall be thoroughly flushed to remove all foreign material. The Contractor shall provide for "open bore" flushing and shall be accomplished by utilizing the blow off line for this purpose. 5. Connect to Existing Water Line Connections to existing water lines shall be coorinated with the Owner before any shutdown of existing water facilities. Maximum allowable shutdown time shall be ten (10) hours and shut downs shall be limited as described in Section 01500. 6. Valves a. Valves and valve boxes shall be installed where shown on the plans. Valves shall have the interiors cleaned of all foreign matter before installation. If the valve is at the end of the line, it shall be plugged prior to backfilling. The valve should be inspected in the open and closed position to insure that all parts are in working condition. b. Stuffing boxes shall be tightened prior to installation. The base of the hood section shall rest on compacted fill and should be SECTION-17100 PAGE 14 WATER PIPING SYSTEM 4pproximately two (2) inches above the flanged joints of the valve dome. C. The valve box assembly shall be plumb and accurately'centered over the valve operating nut. The top section shall be so set as to permit vertical adjustment above or below finished grade. On gravel streets the top of the valve box shall be set three (3) inches below the surface. Earth fill shall be carefully compacted around each valve box. Burlap or rubber will be wrapped around the base of the valve box when required by the-Owner. 7. Fire Hydrants a. Fire hydrant assemblies shall be installed where shown on the plans. Hydrant barrels shall be installed plumb. b. The Contractor shall install hydrants in accordance with the standard details. Hydrants installed but not available for use shall be covered with buriap or equal material and securely wired or tied down. Backfill along the hydrant lead shall be in accordance with the section covering pipe backfill and compaction. J. BACKFILL 1. Backfill Outside Roads a. Backfill to one (1) foot above top of pipe with original material, if suitable, otherwise bring in suitable material from other sources. Material to be two (2) inches maximum size, free from frozen clods. Carefully place and thoroughly compact around and above pipe to not less than eighty-five (85%) percent of maximum density. The remainder of the backfill shall be original material, provided it is free of all extraneous material such as organic material, brush, trash and large boulders. Additional backfill, if required, from suitable material. b. Restore surface to its original contour and elevation, or in areas of new grading, to the new design grade. SECTION 17100 PAGE 15 WATER PIPING SYSTEM 2. Backfill Under Roads and Around Hydrants a. Backfill to one (1) foot above top of pipe with original material, if suitable, otherwise bring in suitable material from other sources. Materials to be two (2) inch maximum size, free from frozen lumps. Carefully place and thoroughly compact around to three (3) foot above the pipe to not less than ninety (90) percent of maximum density. The remaining backfill to be suitable material, pit-run material, compacted to not less than ninety-five (95) percent density. Material to be compacted in maximum one (1) foot lifts. b. Compact backfill sufficiently to avoid noticeable settlement and soft spots. Soft spots or settled areas to be corrected at Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall be responsible to maintain, at no expense to the Owner, all settlement. K. TESTING 1. General Prior to installing water service connections and after backfilling, all newly laid water mains and appurtenances shall be subjected to pressure and continuity and, if applicable, leakage tests. 2. Pressure Test Before applying the specified,test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe. If permanent air vents are not located at all high points, the Contractor shall install corporation cocks at such points so that air can be expelled as the line is filled with water. The newly laid piping, or any valved section thereof, shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds per square inch. After the required test pressure has been reached, the pumping will be terminated. If the pressure (150 psi) remains constant for fifteen (15) minutes without the aid of a pump, the waterline will not be subjected to any further hydrostatic test. If the pressure (150 psi) does not remain constant for SECTION 17100 PAGE 16 WATER Pl"PING SYSTEM fifteen (15) minutes, a leakage test will follow. All valves within the section of line being tested will be closed and reopened as directed by the Owner, after the required pressure (150 psi) has been obtained and prior to the fifteen (15) minute constant pressure test. 3. Leakage Test a. The duration of each leakage test shall be at least two (2) hours and during the test the main shall be subjected to a constant pressure of 150 pounds per square inch for two (2) hours. Leakage for any newly laid pipe or any valved section thereof is defined as the quantity of water that is necessary to maintain the specified leakage test pressure after the pipe has been filled with water and the air is expelled. b. The allowable leakage per 100 feet of main at 150.psi is as follows: Pipe Diameter Gallons (inches) Per Hour 6 0.1191 8 Q-1588 10 0.1986 12 0.2383 16 0.2940 C. Cracked or defective pipe, gaskets, mechanical joints, fittings, valves or hydrants discovered as a consequence of the hydrostatic tests shall be removed and replaced with sound material at the Contractor's expense. The test shall then be repeated until the results are satisfactory. 4. Sterilization a. General. After pressure, leakage and continuity tests and before being placed into service, all newly laid water mains shall be thoroughly sterilized. b. Method of Sterilization on Water Tank Mains. rine shall be used for sterilization. Chlorine may be applied by any of the following methods: (1) liquid chlorine SECTION 17100 PAGE 17 WATER PIPING SYSTEM gas-water mixture; (2) direct chlorine gas feed; or (3) calcium hypochlorite and water mixture. The chlorinating agent shall be applied at the beginning of the section adjacent to the feeder connection and shall be injected-through a corporation cock, hydrant storage tank, or other con-nection insuring treatment to the entire system. Water shall be fed slowly into the new tank and lines with chlorine applied in amounts to produce a dosage of 40 Ppm to 50 Ppm. Mains previously filled shall be treated to a concentrated dosage at intervals along the line and retained for a period of twenty- four (24) hours or more. A residual of not less than 5 ppm chlorine shall be produced in all parts of the line. During the chlorination process, all intermediate valves and accessories shall be operated. Valves shall be manipulated so that the strong chlorine solution in the line being treated will not flow back into the line supplying the water. After chlorination, all water with a higher chlorine content than that at the permanent source of supply shall be thoroughly flushed from all parts of the new system. The Contractor shall adjust his discharge rate as necessary to prevent high chlorine content in the receiving stream or waters so as not to harm any fish or marine life in the receiving waters. 5. Continuity The continuity test will be taken with a gasoline or diesel powered welder. The continuity will have to register a minimum load of 500 amperes. The test w.ill be conducted by the Contractor and shall be observed by the Engineer or by a representative authorized by the City to certify this test. -2 PIPING IN BUILD INGS A. SHOP CLEANING AND PRIMING All finished surfaces requiring painting shall be cleaned and either given one coat of'primer or finish painted by the manufacturer. SECTION 17100 PAGE 18 WATER PIPING SYSTEM BT INSPECTION Prior to installation of the work of this section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. C. ERECTION 1. General Install all piping, fittings, valves and specials in strict accordance with the drawings, the approved shop drawings, and all pertinent standards. 2. Touch-Up After installation is complete, power wire brush all scratches and abrasions to the shop primer damaged during transportation and installation and prime these areas using the priming paint specified for shop priming. 3. Finish Paint Finish coats are described in Section 09900 of these specifications. 17103 QUALITY ASSURANCE I GENERAL Furnish all required personnel and equipment and make all tests required to receive the approval of the Engineer and all agencies having jurisdiction. -2 CLOSING IN UNINSPECTED WORK A. GENERAL Do not cover up.or enclose work until it has been properly and completely inspected and approved. B. NON-COMPLIANCE Should any of the work be covered up or enclosed prior to all required inspections and approvals, uncover the work as required and, after it has been completely inspected and SECTION 17100 PAGE 19 WATER PIPING SYSTEM approyed, make all repairs and replacements with such materials as are necessary to the approval of the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner. 17104 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT -1 MEASUREMENT A. Bid price measured for,payment as a complete item. Bid price for fire hydrant assembly shall include the auxiliary gate valve and valve box. B. Linear foot basis measured distance of complete in-place work for payment. C. No measurement, not measured work for payment. -2 PAYMENT The quantities, determined as provided above, shall be paid for at the contract price per unit of measurement, respectively, for each of the pay items that is shown in the bid schedule. Payment will be full compensation for all bid items complete and in operation. Refer to the specifications and contract drawings for details, requirements, and location of individual items. Bid item 001 provides for the work required to measure and locate existing piping, required prior to the ordering of any pipe or fittings. Bid items 103, 104, 201, 202, 203, 204 and 205 provide for the construction of all water mains and appurtenances and drain line and appurtenances, as shown on these plans and as described in these specifications, including trenching, backfill, insulated pipe, bleeder installation, rock excavation where required and all work required to provide a complete and operating water piping system, including continuity tests, whether or not a particular element of work required to complete the functional system is specif'ically mentioned. No separate payment will be made for restoring to at least an equivalent condition the access road to the tank and chlorination building site. Such restoration shall be included in the Contractor's unit bid price under bid items 103 and 104. All piping associated with the filter sta tion and the chlorination building, including connection to existing mains and furnishing and installing temporary by-pass piping and including stubbing the drain line out from under the filter house and chlorination building, is,a subsidiary obligation of the filter house, bid item 101, or the chlorinator building, bid item 102. SECTION 17100 PAGE 20 WATER PIPING SYSTEM All piping associated with the tank construction to a point 5' outside the tank shall be included in the Contractor's bid item 105. END OF SECTION 17100 SECTION 17200 PAGE I WATER TREATMENT 17200 GENERAL -1 SCOPE This section covers all materials and labor necessary for the installation of the water treatment system, including the strainers, filters, and chlorination systems. Maximum operating pressure for the filters is approximately 80 psig. Maximum I allowable head loss through the filters and strainer is approximately 15 psig. -2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Electrical Section 16100 B. Water Piping System Section 17100 -3 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS Standards of the Chlorine Institute, Inc. -4 SUBMITTALS Submit manufacturer's literature concerning products and installation for all materials. 17201 MATERIALS -1 STRAINER The strainer unit shall be of the vertical automatic backwash type, IO-VWS-I3j 2800 gallons per minute, as manufactured by the R. P. Adams Company, Inc., Buffalo, New York, or equal. The strainer shall be furnished complete to include all controls, pressure gauges, wiring and instrument panels, including, in addition to pressure loss gauge for the strainer, a gauge for upstream and downstream pressure to and from the strainer. The unit shall have 0.005 inch slot widths. The 10-VWS-13'unit for the Filter Station shall be wired for 120 volts DC. A spare parts inventory of all moving parts plus an extra set of screens and gauges for each strainer shall be included with each unit. Manufacturer shall prime and finish all equipment supplied. SECTION 17200 PAGE 2 WATER TREATMENT -2 FILTER UNIT Filter unit shall be a model B-316-MXB Ronnigen-Petter Internal backwashing back to back design multiplex filter. The model B-316-MBX filter shall be equipped with manual backwash. Unit: shall include operators on 3-way ball valves. Filter units shall consist of a minimum of 16 individual filters valved to operate and backwash in parallel on a common inlet, outlet and drain header. Filter service connections shall be quick disconnect couplers. Piping connections shall be 8" lap-joint flanged, drain shall be 4" slip-on (FF) flanged. All flanges shall be drilled to ANSI 150# standards. The Contractor is responsible for furnishing and installing a completely operable unit fully operating and processing water at a minimum rate of 2000 gpm. Three spare 10 to 20 micron polypropylene screens for each filter shall be supplied with the installation plus the screens included J in the installed unit. Manufacturer shall prime and finish all equipment supplied. All units shall be one color as approved by Engineer. -3 CHLORINATION EQUIPMENT A. DESCRIPTION The existing WET Model 731 chlorinator shall be re- installed from the existing location to the new chlorination building location provided under this contract. The existing chlorine strip flow chart and vacuum control unit shall be moved to the new chlorine room shown. The new meter to be supplied for the chlorination building in this contract shall, in addition to producing an indicating and totalizing dial (in gallons) be equipped with a Sparling 249E Pulse Transmitter compatable with existing WET Model 86020 Pulse Frequency to Milliamp D.C. converter and Wallace E. Tiernan Model 84100 strip chart recorder and variable vacuum output, which units will be moved from their present location in the pressure reducing station to their new location in the chlorination room of the new chlorination building. This contractor shall be responsible for moving the existing chlorinator and placing the new chlorinator in operation including adjusting feed rates to provide chlorine feed to the water supply with variable adjustment capability to feed between 0.3 ppm and 1.0 ppm. Since the existing chlorinator has not r been operating recently, some repairs and additional re replacement parts may be required. In that event, the engineer will issue a change order for replacement parts and equipment required but no additional cost will be allowed for labor for installation unless it is determined by the engineer that complete replacement is required. Included in the Contractor's bid for the chlorination building SECTION 17200 PAGE 3 WATER TREATMENT shall be two trips to Seldovia by an authorized representative of the chlorinator manufacturer. The first trip will be to initiate operation of the chlorination system and the second trip will be to return with replacement parts required and place the system in final operation. B. GAUGES Gauges indicating gas pressure and gauge s indicating water pressure both upstream and downstream from the filter unit and upstream and downstream from the pressure reducing valve shall beincluded with equipment furnished this-contract. A spare gauge for each gauge required shall also be supplied this contract. C. VACUUM REGULATION AND AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF Included with moving the existing chlorinator to the new location is a gas solonoid valve to be furnished and installed this contract which solonoid valve shall positively provide a tight shut-off of chlorine gas flow to the chlorinator with a loss of vacuum due to any cause such as interruption of water supply. D. AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT AND SPARE PARTS 1. Two instruction books covering installation, operation and maintenance of equipment furnished under this section. 2. one extra unit of each glass part. 3. One complete set of spare parts for each piece of equipment including gaskets and valve packing. 4. Y-type water strainer for water supply line to injector. 5- Manual gate valves in water supply line to isolate the system. 6. One 5-ounce bottle of ammonia solution. 7. One chlorine gas mask with cannister and carrying case. (Mount in case outside door to chlorinator room). S. Hilage aquatester and orthotolodine. SECTION 17200 PAGE 4 WATER TREATMENT E. BOOSTER PUMP The booster pump shall be a turbine type, bronze fitted, single state, extended shaft, graphited asbestos packing,. 3500 rpm, delivering 7 gpm at 150 ft. TDH. Motor shall be I hp. Pump and motor shall be frame mounted. Pump shall be an Aurora Model A4, size 1-1/4 x 1-1/4, 120V single phase, or approved equal. Contractor to verify booster pump characteristics with chlorinator manu- facturer for suitability of supplying required injector water supply before ordering pump. The booster pump is to be started manually. F. CHLORINE PIPING Chlorine solution piping and water piping shall be Schedule 80 PVC and sized as shown on the drawings. Chlorine gas piping shall be carbon steel, seamless, Schedule 80. Fittings, valves, unions, etc., for gas piping shall be as recommended by the Chlorine Institute. 17202 INSTALLATION _1 GENERAL All equipment installation shall be coordinated with other trades after notification of Engineer of schedule for installation. The Contractor shall be responsible for any lost time of this or other work due to conflicts of work between trades. -2 EQUIPMENT All equipment to be installed in strict accordance with the drawings, approved shop drawings, pertinent standards, and manufacturer's recommendations. All equipment shall be secure,. properly connected to piping, and plumb and true. 17203 TESTING -1 STRAINER' The Contractor shall test the strainer to insure satisfactory operation of straining and backwashing, and shall operate this installation satisfactorily for one week prior to acceptance by the City for operation. INN @@tL, I I UN 1 /200 RAGE 5 WATER TREATMENT -2 FILTER UNITS The Contractor shall run water through each filter unit to check for leaks and operation and shall operate for one week prior to release to the City for operation. -3 CHLORINATION-EQUIPMENT The Contractor shall test and adjust the altitude and pressure sustaining valve, the PRV on the water supply to the chlorinator, and the chlorine feed rate to provide a chlorine residual of approximately 0.1 mg/l when measured in town. The Contractor shall provide a manufacturer's representat.ive to place the chlorinator system in operation. 17204 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS Certified copies of reports of tests from approved laboratories performed on previously manufactured materials shall be submitted and approved. Test reports shall be accompanied by notarized certificates from the manufacturer certifying that the previously tested materials are of the same type, quality, and manufacture as that proposed for the project. 17205 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate payment shall be made for work in this section. The performance of this work shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor or is covered under bid item 102 of the Unit Price Schedule. However, if additional repairs are required to the existing equipment to make it operational (e;K- clus-ive of spare parts solonoids, valves, piping, etc., that is to be provided in-this contract), such repair parts will be paid for via a change order to this contract. Payment for repair parts shall be based upon manufacturer's invoices. END OF SECTION 17200 I I I I I I DIVISION 18 - WATER STORAGE TANK Section 18100 - Water Storage Tank I I* I I I 1@ I I I* I I I I I I I SECTION 18100 PAGE I WATER STORAGE TANK, 18100 GENERAL -1 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all plant, electricity, compressed air, water, fuel, labor, tools, equipment and materials for fabricating, erecting, and insulating a steel water storage tank, complete with all connections and accessories as specified herein and as shown on the accompanying plans. it is the intent of these specifications to provide a tank complete and ready for use. All items of work or materials considered necessary and in accordance with good practice shall be considered a part of these specifications, whether or not specifically mentioned herein. 18101 FOUNDATION The tank subbase is rock, except that a small portion of the tank will be constructed over solid rock fill not exceeding 3' depth of fill, a 611 crushed rock leveling course topped by 3" of oiled sand will be provided for the tank base as is shown on the drawings. Crushed rock base shall be uniformly graded non-frost susceptible crushed rock aggregate not exceeding 3/4" sizedstones. Sand shall be clean, non-frost susceptible unformTy graded sand. !8102 TANK DESIGN AND ACCESSORIES -1 GENERAL DESIGN All general design, materials, design loads, unit stresses, combined stresses, minimum thicknesses, shop fabrication, erection, inspection, and testing shall be in accordance with "Standard Specifications for Steel Tanks, Standpipes, Reservoirs, and.Elevated Tanks for Water Storage," Standard 0100-73 of the American Water Works Association (AWWA). Environmental design factors shall be: Snow Load 40 pisf, Wind Velocity 100 mph, and Seismic Zone as shown on the plans. The plans show size and dimensions of the tank and the location and spacing of the required piping and appurtenances. The tank shall be provided with a watertight, standard-supported, conical steel roof of proportions as shown on the plans. A tank hold-down system shall be included utilizing.rock bolt anchors. The rock underlying the site may be considered capable of resisting 10 K uplift per expansion type! pack bolt-anchor set 6 ft. into the rock base or as ar@ alternate, the Contractor may install a test rock anchor bolt and thus determine the uplift resistance valve to use for design of the overturning resistance anchor system. Appendix C of AWWA DIOO-73 shall not apply. SECTION 18100 PAGE 2 WATER STORAGE TANK All,shell joints shall be butt welded. The roof and bottom plates shall be lap welded. Fillet welds shall be acceptable for joining horizontal surfaces to vertical surfaces. All vertical joints shall be welded in the up-hand direction. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings and design calculations covering the details of the tank construction. The submitted drawings shall include a general plan of the structure, giving principal dimensions of the water reservoir, and design details, dimensions, and locations of all appurtenances. The design calculations shall be performed and stamped by a registered professional engineer. The design calculations shall be written out in a legible style and shall meet all calculation requirements established by AWWA Standard DIOO-73- A list of the required submittal literature, materials, schedules and certifications is contained in Section 01300 of these specifications. No shop fabrication or work on any parts of the tank or appurtenances shall begin until all submittals have been received, reviewed, and approved in writing by the Engineer. Once approved, any deviations from the approved submittals or schedules shall require written approval from the Engineer. -2 ROOF SUPPORT COLUMNS Where roof support-columns are used, they shall be structural steel pipe, sized to meet all design loads. Column base plates and load distributing braces or supports shall be provided such that no loads in excess of 1,000 pounds per square foot shall be imposed on the tank floor plate. There shall be no joints in the floor plate located beneath column base plates. The bottom of the column base plates and top of the floor plates shall be painted with one coat, 3 mil dry film thickness, of the interior epoxy paint@prior to placement of the columns. -3 SHELL MANHOLES Two 24" hinged manholes shall be installed at locations as shown on the plans. The manholes shall be supplied with galvanized bolts, washers and nuts, and with rubber gaskets. The manholes shall swing freely on the hinges, and shall open and close without damage to the insulation. -4 ENTRANCE HATCH A square-entrance hat ch shall be located in the roof near the outside tank ladder-as shown on the plans. The hatch cover shall SECTION 18100 PAGE 3 WATER STORAGE TANK overlap the curb at least 2", and shall be provided with suitable hinges and a hasp for locking. The hatch shall have a clear opening of at least 241, square, and shall be designed and installed to provide adequate clearance between hinges, insulation and hasp for smooth opening and closing of the hatch cover. The hatch cover shall swing toward the tank center, and shall be able to rotate a full 180 degrees. The hatch cover shall be sealed with a minimum 1/4" rubber or neoprene gasket to produce an air-tight fit. The inside of the hatch curb and underside of the cover shall be pai-nted with the interior paint system. VENT HATCH A 12" diameter, bolted cover vent hatch shall be provided at the location as shown on the plans. It shall be gasket-sealed and painted in the same manner as specified for the entrance hatch. The vent opening shall be fitted with a threaded ring mounting, a 16-mesh bronze or copper screen, and shall terminate 1 foot above the top of the insulation on the reservoir. The vent open ing shall be protected during the insulation and coating process to prevent contamination or clogging of the screen. The screen shall be removed and cleaned after the Contractor has completed the coating system. -6 TANK LADDER(S) AND SAFETY APPURTENANCES A 16" wide steel exterior ladder shall be provided, extending from 8 feet above the tank floor, up to the tank roof. The ladder shall be vertical, with no backward slope at any point. the sides of the ladder shall be constructed of rectangular bars not less than 2" by 3/8" in size, and the rungs constructed of round bars not less than 5/8" in diameter, placed on 12-inch centers. The ladder shall be attached to the sheH of the reservoir with brackets placed at intervals not to exceed six feet. The ladder shall extend far enough from the tank wall to provide at least 8:1 clearance between the tank covering and the ladder'rungs. The ladder shall be provided with a safety cage complying with the latest OSHA standards. The cage shall have a 'hinged entry gate equipped with a hasp for locking. The ladder safety cage shall be extended, and hard railings provided to enclose the ladder top and entrance hatch area. An interior ladder shall be required and provided only if shown on the plans. It shall be constructed in the same manner as the exterior ladder, but shall extend from floor to roof, and shall not be provided with a safety cage. -7 PIPES AND FITTINGS The Contractor shall furnish and install all pipes, fittings, valves, supports and appurtenances as shown on the plans. SECTION 18100 PAGE 5 WATER STORAGE TANK 18104 WELDIN G AND WELD TESTING -1 GENERAL All welding shall be done by operators holding a current qualification certificate. Equipment used shall be new or in good state of repair. All equipment and materials shall be intended for and suited to the conditions of use. The Contractor shall provide all labor and equ.ipment, and perform all weld tests as herein specified. Weld tests shall be performed only in the presence of the Government Inspector. -2 VACUUM TESTS The Contractor shall perform vacuum tests on all floor plate welds. -3 PENETRATING OIL TESTS The Contractor shall perform penetrating oil tests on all wall-to- floor perimeter welds. Upon completion of the tests, the Contractor shall completely remove with solvents al-I traces of the penetrating oil. -4 DEFECTIVE WELDS Any welds not acceptable to the Engineer shall be cut or gouged out, replaced, and retested by the Contractor at his expense. Retests shall be conducted in the same manner and to the same specifications as the initial tests. 18105 FIELD SURFACE.PREPARATION AND PAINTING. -1 GENERAL After completion of field erection and welding, all sharp edges, spot welds, weld seams and bare steel areas shall be ground smooth, and cleaned of all scale, slag., weld spatter and rust in accordance with SSPC Surface Preparation No. 6 ' commercial blast cleaning. All exposed surfaces of the entire tank interior, exterior and appurtenances. shall then be cleaned in accordance with SSPC Sur-face Preparation Specification No. T, brush-off blast cleaning. The blast cleaning shall only be done when the steel surface temperature is at least 50F. above the ambient air dew point. The sandblasted surfaces shall then be-brushed..and vacuum cleaned to remove all dirt, sand and debris. The first coat of field-applied paint must bet applied within one day of blast cleaning, and before rust bloorn occurs. All paint to be applied in the field shall be delivered to the job site in the original containers marked with the name of the SECTION 18100 PAGE 6 WATER STORAGE TANK manufacturer and the specification number of the paint contained therein, and shall comply with all established specifications and the paint schedule as approved by the Engineer. Testing of the applied paints shall be in accordance with AWWA D102-78, and SSPC-PA2-73T "Measurement of Dry Paint Thickness with Magnetic Gauges." Minimum dry film thicknesses shall be as herein specified. Overthickness of paint shall not exceed the manufacturer's recommendations for application thickness per coat. All paints shall be applied in accordance with these specifications and the manufacturer's recommendations regarding application rates and methods, and curing time and conditions. Paint shall be applied only to clean surfaces free from dirt, rust, scale, grease oil and moisture. The finished paint coatings on all surfaces shall be free from cracks, runs, blisters, crazing and other defects. All defects shall be corrected by the Contractor, at his expense, by applying additional coats or by grinding down and recoating, until all requirements of these specifications are met. If paint is applied by spraying, it shall be brushed out where necessary and worked into all corners and crevices. If paint is diluted, it shall be built up to the same dry film thickness as to be achieved with undiluted material. At no time shall a thinner or diluting agent be added to paint in a proportion greater than 10% by volume of paint. No thinners or solvents shall be allowed to be used with primer paints. -2 INTERIOR PAINTING All surfaces exposed to the interior of the tank shall be painted with a two-coat epoxy paint system in accordance with AWWA D102-78 Inside Paint System No. 1. The paint shall meet the following specifications. Finish: Semi-gloss Vehicle: Epoxy resin and amine adduct curing agent Dry Film Thickness: 4-8 mils per coat Total finished dry film thickness shall be a minimum of 12 mils for the two coats. The two coats shall have different color tone, with colors to be selected by the Engineer. The tank ladder, safety cage, handrails and floor grate frame shall be painted in the same manner as the tank interior. Forced air ventilation shall be required during all interior painting. Forced air drying and/or heat curing shall be required after the final interior coat has been applied, in accordance with the methods and length of time recommended by the coating manufacturer. -3 EXTERIOR PAINTING After surface preparation, all exterior surfaces, including s,teel appurtenances not coated with the interior paint system, shall SECTION 18100 PAGE 7 WATER STORAGE TANK receive one coat, minimum 2 mil dry film thickness, of primer paint. The paint to be used shall be the saem heavy duty, rust- inhibiting inorganic zinc prime paint used for exterior shop priming. No thinners or solvents shall be used with this paint. The manholes, pipe necks, flanges and other exterior steel appurten- ances not coated with the interior paint system and not to be insulated shall receive a second field-applied coat, 2 mil dry, film thickness, of the same prime paint. Exterior painting shall not be allowed when wind, rain, snow, fog, mist or extreme temperatures exist unless an adequate enclosure is provided. Painting of surfaces covered by dew or moisture con- densation shall be prohibited. All surfaces must be completely dry before paint is applied. In addition, all painting shall be completed sufficiently in advance of expected condensation in order to permit the required film drying time prior to the presence of moisture. 181o6 INSULATION, COATINGS AND COVERING -1 GENERAL The Contractor shall insulate the tank walls, roof and appurtenances, apply protective coatings, and furnish and install aluminum covering, all in accordance with the plans and these specifications. -2 INSULATION The Contractor shall insulate the tank using the spray urethane method. The insulation shall be applied in a manner that insures complete coverage, and that theinsulation is secure and sound, without cracks, voids, bulges or other defects. The required minimum insulation thickness shall be as shown on the plans. The maximum thickness shall be as shown on the plans. The maximum thickness at any point shall not exceed the indicated minimum thickness by more than 1/211. Thin areas shall receive: additional spray insulation, and overthick areas shall be planed or-shaved, until insulation thickness conforms to the required minimum and maximum thickness limitations. The in-place density of the insulation shall be a minimum of 2. pounds per cubic foot and maximum of 3 pounds per cubic foot. Tensile strength shall be a minimum of 35 psi, and compressive strength a minimum of 25 psi. Closed cell content shall be in excess of 90%. Two insulation samples shall be cut out at locations selected by the Engineer and these areas refoamed by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. Failure.to meet specifications shall constitute grounds for Engineer rejection of affected areas, and further sampling and corrective action by and at the expense of the Contractor. SECTION 181oo PAGE 8 WATER STORAGE TA14K Prior to insulation application, manholes, pipe flanges, ladder, csge, and other equipment not to be insulated shall be wrapped with suitable coverings and secured. This covering shall be removed after the polyurethane foam and protective coating application is complete. Manholes, pipe necks, vent, hatches, and other appurtenances shall be insulated as shown on the plans. The applied insulation shall not interfere with the function or accessibility of the appurtenances. All surfaces must be properly primed, the primer fully cured, and free from rust, grease, oil, loose particles, moisture, and dirt before foam is applied. No insulation shall commence until all steel surfaces and welds have been thoroughly inspected and approved for insulation covering. Spraying shall not be allowed to proceed in the presence of water, ra in, fog, condensation, or wind velocities above 15 miles per hour, unless the work area is protected with a wind and weather- proof enclosure. The foam shall be applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Standard commerci a] spray equipment specifically designed for two component polyurethane foam spray systems shall be used. The equipment shall provide thorough component mixing. It must be maintained and capable of delivering liquids within 5% of the'. specified component ratio. No work shall commence until the equipment is calibrated for the specified component ratio. A preheater shal-I be used and adjusted to achieve the hose temperature recommended by the polyurethane foam manufacturer. Solvents used for cleanup shall not be allowed to come in contact with the insulation or substrate. Unless the work area is protected in a weathertight enclosure, the substrate area to be insulated each day shall be limited by the applicator's ability to apply the first coat of the protective coating to the foam and protect it from precipitation. The finished foam surface shall be as smooth as possible, with an florange-peel" type surface desired. A "popcorn" type surface with irregularities greater than 1/2" will not be permitted, and shaving of these areas to acceptable smoothness will be required before application of the protective coatings. PROTECTIVE COATINGS Foam surfaces shall receive the first coat of protective coating as soon as possible after foam application. 0 The coating for the polyurethane foam shall perform three major functions: SECTION 18100 PAGE 9 WATER STORAGE TANK a. Keep ultraviolet (UV) light from reaching the insulation; b.. Act as an exterior vapor barrier; and C. protect the insulation from wind blown snow, ice crystals and debris. The coating system shall consist of a two-coat liquid spray coating of two-part, low molecular weight butyl membrane to be applied to all insulated areas, followed by a third colored topcoat of polyurethane paint to be applied only on the roof' area. The butyl membrane shall remain flexible over extended periods of time and exposure to saltwater, acids and caustics, and shall exhibit the following.properties: a. Average Solids Content: 45-50% b. Dry Time to Touch: 4 - 8 hrs. C. Dry Film Thickness: 12 - 15 mils per coat d. Service Temperature: -80 to +2000F. e. Avg. Water Vapor Permeability: 0.02 perms @ 20 mil DFT, 100*F. and 90% R.H. The schedule of coatings shall be as follows: First Coat Second Coat Third Coat 7Roof Only) Generic Type low molecular low molecular polyurethane weight butyl weight butyl Minimum Dry Film Thickness 15 15 3 Color Black Black Engr. Selects The total minimum finished dry film thickness shall be 30 mils in two coats on the side walls, and 33 mils in three coats -on the roof. Each coat shall have a different color or tint so that all coats are discernable from each other. The coat(s) manufacturer's recommendations for thinning, mixing, handling, application and curing shall be strictly adhered to. The coatings shall be applied in a cross-hatch technique to obtain complete and consistent.coverage. The finished coatings shall be free from runs, cracks, pinholes, blisters and voids, and shall be of uniform thickness. Any repairs shall be done by and at the expense of the Contractor. i@4 TANK SIDEWALL COVERING After application of the urethane foam and butyl protective SECTION 18106 PAGE 10 WATER STORAGE TANK coating to the walls of the tank, the sidewalls shal'l have an aluminum siding applied as a protective covering. The butyl coating shall be fully cured before the siding is applied. The aluminum siding shall be of angular rib design, minimum 0.032" sheet thickness, with rib pitch of 4" to 6", and rib depth of 1-3/41' to 211. It shall be finished one side with a factory applied paint system with a minimum 20-year guarantee. The siding shall be similar and equal to Colorweld 200 V-Seam siding as manufactured by Reynolds Metals Company. The siding shall be applied directly against the butyl covering, with ribs running vertically. A 2" minimum overlap shall be provided at all joints. Only one horizontal joint shall be ,allowed, with the upper sheet overlapping the lower sheet. Aluminum blind-side pop rivets shall be used at all joints to secure adjacent sheets, with rivet spacing to be approximately 2" O.C. The siding shall be secured to the tank by 3/41, wide stainless steel bands spaced at 2 foot intervals and to 1/8" x 2" angles as shown on the plans. Additional bands shall secure the siding at horizontal joints in the siding, at the base of the tank shell, and at the shell wa-Il/roof intersection. The bands shall be thoroughly.tightened and secured with stainless steel clips. The banding shall be held in place by stainless steel "belt loops". The siding shall be cut and installed to fit snugly around manholes, pipes, ladder supports and other projections. 18107 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer four (4) copies of -the following drawings, calculations, literature, materials, schedules and certifications. The Contractor shall not proceed with preparation or fabrication of the tank or apprutenances until written approval of all submittals has been received from the Enci gineer. Once approved, any deviations from the approved submittals or schedules shall require written approval from the Engineer. -1 TANK DESIGN AND ACCESSORIES The shop drawings shall show all principal dimensions of the tank structure, along with details and locations of all appurtenances. Shell plate thicknesses and welding details shall be included. The design calculations shall substantiate all principal aspects of the structural design, including shell plate thicknesses, and sizi.ng and design of roof support beams, rafters, columns and base plates, shell plate reinforcing, and the floor grate and frame \assembly. -2 S@EEL PREPARATION AND PAINTING SCHEDULE JI I This shall include a list of proposed surface preparation methods, both for shop steel preparation and for surface preparations after SECTION 18100 PAGE 11 WATER STORAGE TANK field fabrication and welding. The paint schedule shall include, for all primers and paints: manufacturer, trade name, spreading rates, dry film thicknesses per coat, drying time prior to recoat, method of application, method of thinning and mixing, and curing methods and conditions or restrictions. The paint schedules shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations. The submittals shall include all manufacturer's technical specifi- cation sheets for their respective products. The manufacturer of each product shall certify in writing that their product is suitable for the intended use and method of application and cure, and that the product is compatible with the undercoat and/or overcoat material with which it is proposed to be used. A color selection chart shall be submitted for the interior epoxy paint system. 3 INSULATION AND COATINGS Submittal information shall be the same as for the paint schedule (18106, -2). A color selection chart shall be submitted for the polyurethane roof topcoat. -4 ALUMINUM COVERING The Contractor shall submit manufacturer's descriptive literature on the aluminum siding he proposes to use, including a color selection chart. Literature and/or samples shall also be submitted for the stainless steel banding and clips, and for the aluminum pop rivets. END OF SECTION 18100 3 6668 14104 7656